HomeMy Public PortalAbout16) 9A Authorize bid advertisement for 5800 Temple City Blvd
MANAGEMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT
MEMORANDUM
DATE: December 6, 2016
TO: The Honorable City Council
FROM: Bryan Cook, City Manager
By: Brian Haworth, Assistant to the City Manager
By: Ali Cayir, City Engineer
SUBJECT: AUTHORIZE BID ADVERTISEMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A
NEW PUBLIC PARKING LOT AT 5800 TEMPLE CITY BOULEVARD
RECOMMENDATION:
The City Council is requested to:
1. Accept plans, specifications, and estimates for the construction of a new public
parking lot at 5800 Temple City Boulevard; and
2. Authorize the City Manager to conduct a formal bid process.
BACKGROUND:
1. In April 2013, the City purchased the former mortuary site at 5800 Temple City
Boulevard for redevelopment purposes.
2. Between July 2014 and April 2015, demolition activities resulted in the removal of
hazardous materials and a razing of the site.
3. Between August 2014 and December 2015, Council explored a number of
redevelopment scenarios; public parking was deemed most feasible.
4. Between January and July 2016, a Council ad hoc reviewed a number of design
options for parking lot functionality and aesthetics.
5. On August 16, 2016, Council approved a final parking lot design (Attachment “A”), as
recommended by ad hoc members Mayor Yu and Councilmember Man.
City Council
December 6, 2016
Page 2 of 3
6. On November 8, 2016, the Planning Commission reviewed the proposed design and
granted the project a conditional use permit (Attachment “B”).
ANALYSIS:
Provided as Attachment “C”, a draft bid package of plans, specifications, and cost
estimates is ready for solicitation. If approved, the City Engineer will amend the bid
package—prior to its circulation—to incorporate the following schedule.
Advertisement of Bid: December 16, 2016
Bid Submittal and Opening: January 18, 2017
Award of Contract: February 21, 2017
Start of Construction: April 24, 2017
Project Completion: August 11, 2017
Please note this project is categorically exempt under the California Environmental
Quality Act, Sections 15303 (New Construction or Conversion of Small Structures) and
15304 (Minor Alterations to Land).
CITY STRATEGIC GOAL:
Actions contained in this report align with the City’s strategic goals of economic
development and sustainable infrastructure.
FISCAL IMPACT:
None at this time; funding in the amount of $550,000 has been allocated for construction
activities under Project 17-05 of the City’s Capital Improvement Program.
Estimated project costs are in line with the City Engineer’s estimate, however, total costs
will be determined by an approved contractor bid. Any necessary budget amendments will
be presented before Council on February 21, 2017.
City Council
December 6, 2016
Page 3 of 3
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Approved Parking Lot Design (August 16, 2016)
B. Planning Commission Resolution Authorizing Use (November 8, 2016)
C. Draft Bid Package (November 30, 2016)
ATTACHMENT "A"
ATTACHMENT "A"0
>
.....J
0)
>-
r
()
w
.....J
CL
~
w
r
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
" " ' ' '-"--.._
indica
Downtown Directory Hanging from Trellis
(2) LED Light Bollards for
Pedestrian Access
Steel Trellis with Steel Columns on
Brick Column Bases
I
I
I
I
W 0 R1 K
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
MAN
(5) Platanus racemosa
(Western Sycamore)
(6) era pa ra
(Australian Willow)
•
Parking Lot = 27 Standard Spaces
Vehicle Entrance
and Exit
\
\
\
\ A \V E.
" ' ' '-'-/
----
__ ..---
-------
I \
Existing Street Trees-Sycamores\
I \
/ "
/ " /
/ ' /
/ '-/
/ "--.._ /
/
//
Landscape Concept Plan
•
/
I
I
/
Granite Boulder
ATTACHMENT "A"
SIGNED COPY ON FILE WITH CITY CLERK'S OFFICEATTACHMENT "B"
SIGNED COPY ON FILE WITH CITY CLERK'S OFFICEATTACHMENT "B"
SIGNED COPY ON FILE WITH CITY CLERK'S OFFICEATTACHMENT "B"
SIGNED COPY ON FILE WITH CITY CLERK'S OFFICEATTACHMENT "B"
SIGNED COPY ON FILE WITH CITY CLERK'S OFFICEATTACHMENT "B"
ATTACHMENT "B"EXHIBIT A PLANNING DIVISION CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
ATTACHMENT "B"Temple City/ Planning Division Conditions of Approval 5800 Temple City Boulevard Conditional Use Permit and Site Plan Review Conditions 1. The improvement shall. be in substantial compliance with the plans date stamped August 23, 2016, except as modified by these conditions of approval. 2. Permits shall not be finaled and/or Certificate of Occupancy issued until the project is fully completed to the satisfaction of the Community Development Department. 3. Substantial Compliance: The development sha,ll be in substantial compliance with the submitted approved site, elevation, landscape, and other applicable plans. 4. No Lesser Elements: The project shall not be developed with lesser architectural elements. or components intended to complement the architectural style and design of the development than is proposed in the submitted approved plans. 5. Prior to the construction, a lighting plan shall be prepared for the review and approval of the Community Development Department Director. The lighting plan shall include, but not limited to, the locations of all lighting poles, the type the lighting fixtures, the height and make of the lighting fixtures, and a photometric analysis as may be determined by the Director. 6. If the parking lot is reserved for parking only by employees of area businesses, the parking lot shall be closed from 12 midnight to 6 a.m. daily. If the parking lot is open for general public parking or otherwise used for parking by anyone other than employees of area businesses, the parking lot shall be closed from 10 p.m. to 7 a.m. daily. Signs shall be posted in the parking lot stating the hours that the lot is closed. Signs shall include appropriate text and be posted in a manner that allows for citation of vehicles parked in the lot during closed hours. If vehicles parking in the lot during closed hours becomes a recurring problem/ the Community Development Director may require that the lot be secured and/or monitored during closed hours.
ATTACHMENT "B"File No. 16-438 5800 Temple City Boulevard 7. The three sycamore trees in the right-of-way on Workman Avenue shall be preserved. In preserving the trees, the following practice shall be followed: a. No heavy equipment shall be used under the dripline or within the 20 feet from the trunk of the tree during compacting, marking construction zone boundaries, and/or other similar activities; b. Without the inspection of the City, no root pruning is permitted; c. During construction, no change of grade or storage of the construction debris is allowed around the trunk of the trees; d. The trees shall be watered properly and periodically; and e. Prior to or during construction, protective fencing shall be installed and maintained under the dripline or within 20 feet of the truck. 8. During any demolition and/or construction, noise will be controlled by limiting work on the site to 7:00 a.m. through 6:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday, and by requiring all trucks and motorized equipment to have proper operating mufflers. No construction work shall occur on Sunday. 9. Certificate of Occupancy: Permits shall not be finaled and/or Certificate of Occupancy issued until the project is fully completed to the satisfaction of the Community Development Department. 10. Expiration: the Conditional Use Permit and the Site Plan Review approval shall become expired if the project is not exercised within 24 months from the date of approval. If the project is not commenced prior to the expiration date, the applicant may apply in writing for an extension of time at least forty (40) days before the expiration date. The granting body may in its discretion approve or deny the extension request. 11. Hardscape: The hardscape shown on the landscape plan and the architectural plans shall be consistent in size, location, and material. The applicant is responsible for submitting plans that are internally consistent. The Planning Division shall verify compliance with this condition prior to approving plans for building permit issuance. Proposed changes to the hardscape shall be reviewed and approved by the Planning Division prior to installation or construction. Changes to the proposed hardscape shall be show on both the architectural site plan and the landscape plan. 12. Water Efficient Landscaping: The landscaping of the site shall be implemented to fully comply with the criteria of the City's Water Efficient Page 2 of 9
ATTACHMENT "B"File No. 16-438 5800 Temple City Boulevard Landscape Ordinance. Prior to permits being approved, the applicant shall provide the· required Landscape Documentation Package or a demonstration that the Prescriptive Measures have been met. The Landscape Documentation Package is required for the projects with an aggregate landscape area over 2,500 square feet. A project with an aggregate landscape area between 500 to 2,500 square feet shall comply with the Prescriptive Measures or submit a Landscape Documentation Package. The Landscape Architect shall certify conformance with the Ordinance on a form provided by the Planning Division. 13. Submittal of Soils Analysis Report: For sites that will be regraded and a Landscape Documentation Package (LDP) is required, a soils characteristic report will not be a required portion of the LDP. After the site is graded the property owner shall perform a soils test for agricultural suitability including a soils analysis report and specific amendment recommendations. Soil testing shall be done following final grading and before planting, as the surface soil in landscape areas may change due to gr.ading work. Any soil amendments listed in the specifications are for bidding purposes only. The contractor shall adjust actual amendments and backfill mixes to conform to the soil analysis report recommendations. Prior to requesting a final inspection from the Planning Division the property owner or contractor shall provide evidence in the form of receipts for the soil amendment and invoices for services provided to the Planning Division. 14. Certification of Correct Landscape Installation: Prior to requesting a final inspection from the Planning Division the applicant shall provide to the Planning Division a certification (on a form provided by the Planning Division) from a landscape architect that the landscape and irrigation installed on the project site conform to the approved landscape plan and the applicable Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance. If modifications to the landscape plan are proposed, the applicant shall provide to the Planning Division a revised plan prior to final inspection and the Planning Division shall review the plan to determine compliance with the Residential Design Guidelines as well as the Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance. This condition shall be enforced to demonstrate compliance with Temple City Municipal Code Section Table 9-1M-15 Table A, for applicants applying for a floor area ratio incentive related to landscape design. 15. Grade and Drainage: At the time of submittal for building plan check, the applicant shall submit plans showing: Page 3 of 9
ATTACHMENT "B"File No. 16-438 5800 Temple City Boulevard • Existing grade of the subject and adjacent sites and; • Existing drainage patterns for the subject and adjacent sites and; • Consistency of Plans: At the time of submittal for building plan che.ck the applicant shall submit architectural, grading, and drainage plans that are consistent with one another and correctly demonstrate the proposed grading. 16. Cross Lot Drainage: Where existing drainage flows from adjacent sites, the subject site shall continue to accept cross lot drainage and shall not be designed in such a way as to drain toward adjacent sites. The subject site shall not create any barriers that prohibit existing drainage flows from adjacent sites .. The applicant shall submit plans for building plan check demonstrating compliance with this requirement and the Planning and Building Division shall verify compliance. In cases where compliance with this condition is deemed not feasible by the City, the Director shall approve modifications to encourage as much onsite infiltration and detention as feasible. 17. Grade Differences: If the proposed finished ·grade will not alter existing cross lot drainage patterns, the difference between the grade of the subject site and adjacent sites shall be within eight (8) inches. If the proposed finished grade. will alter existing cross lot drainage patterns, the applicant shall demonstrate how the subject property will address existing cross lot drainage patterns. General Conditions 18. Building permits shall be obtained for all construction activities of the project including tenant improvements. 19. Construction· plans or improvement plans shall include a sheet containing each page of these conditions of approval at the time of building plan check submittal. 20. Disposal of Construction Waste: No construction activity waste or material of any kind, including plaster, cement, paint, mud, or any other type of debris or liquid shall be allowed to be disposed of in the street or gutter, storm drain, or sewer system. All construction debris spil.ls shall be removed daily and Page 4 of 9
ATTACHMENT "B"File No. 16-438 5800 Temple City Boulevard shall use necessary dust control measures. Failure to comply with this condition will result in charges filed by the District Attorney. 21. This conditional use permit shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect in the event the use approved herein is discontinued or abandoned for a period of six consecutive months. 22. By carrying out the project approved herein or otherwise using or exercising this approval, the applicant acknowledges and accepts all of the conditions imposed. The applicant acknowledges that failure to comply with these conditions of approval may be cause for revocation of the approval. These conditions are binding upon the applicant, the current and future property owners, and any other party using or exercising this approval. Page 5 of 9
ATTACHMENT "B"EXHIBIT B BUILDING DIVISION CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
ATTACHMENT "B"City of Temple City 9701 LAS TUNAS DRIVE TEMPLE CITY CA 91780 JN16572/PLANNING FILE# 16-438 5800 TEMPLE CITY BUILDING DIVISION CONDITIONS Address/Location: 5800 TEMPLE CITY Applicant: CITY OF TEMPLE CITY Scope of Work: PUIBLIC PARKING LOT WITH 27 PARI<ING SPACES OFFICE USE ONLY: Conditions Required ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1. The initial plan check fee will cover the initial plan check and one recheck only. Additional review required beyond the first recheck shall be paid for on an hourly basis in accordance with the current fee schedule. 2. The second sheet of building plans is to list all conditions of approval and to include a copy of the Planning Commission Decision letter. This information shall be incorporated into the plans prior to the first submittal for plan check. 3. In accordance with paragraph 5538(b) of the California Business and Professions Code, plans are to be prepared and stamped by a licensed architect. 4. Structural calculations prepared under the direction of an architect, civil engineer or structural engineer shall be provided. 5. A grading and drainage plan shall be approved prior to issuance of the building permit. The grading and drainage plan shall indicate how all storm drainage including contributory drainage from adjacent lots is carried to the public way or drainage structure approved to receive storm water. 6. Projects shall comply with the requirements of the N PDES (NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM) prior to issuance of a Grading & Building permit. These include requirements for sediment control, erosion control, and construction activities control to be implemented on the project site. 7. All State of California disability access regulations for accessibility and adaptability shall be complied with. V20150224 Page 1 of2
ATTACHMENT "B"8. Separate plan review and permit is required for each detached structure, including but not limited to open trellis. 9. Projects shall comply with the City of Temple City Low Impact Development (LID) ordinace prior to issuance of a Grading & Building permit. These include the preparation of a LID plan and implementation of a LID system. Reviewed by: DT Date: 10/31/2016 V20150224 Page 2 of2
ATTACHMENT "B"EXHIBIT C ENGINEERING & PUBLIC WORKS CONDITIONS
ATTACHMENT "B"City of Temple City 9701 LAS TUNAS DRIVE TEMPLE CITY CA 91780 JN16572/PLANNING FILE# 16-438 5800 TEMPLE CITY PUBLIC WORKS/ ENGINEERING CONDITIONS Address/Location: 5800 TEMPLE CITY Applicant: CITY OF TEMPLE CITY Scope of Work: PUIBLIC PARKING LOT WITH 27 PARI<ING SPACES OFFICE USE ONLY: Conditions Required Comments/Conditional Requirements: 1-The following are Public Works conditions and shall be incorporated into submittal plans, show the conditions on site plans and on grading plans (No handwritten notes, stickers etc. shall be accepted): 1. Close existing driveway apron, and install necessary improvements (parkway, landscape, sidewalk, curb and gutter, any others as applicable) to match required adjacent sections, and as directed by the City Engineer or his/her designee. 2. Install new five-foot concrete sidewalk behind landscaped parkway along the length of the property frontage in accordance with SPPWC Standard Plan 113-2, and as directed by the City Engineer and/or his/her designee. 3. Rehabilitate existing AC street pavement along the length of the property frontage to the centerline of the alley as indicated below, and as directed by the City Engineer or his/her designee: Grind existing pavement to a depth of2" and overlay new AC. 4. The new approach provided for the alley shall meet AASHTO, the Geometric Design of Highways and Streets minimum turning paths for a typical passenger car. A passenger car should be able to successfully turn into or out of the driveway without crossing into the opposite travel lane. Prior to final design, the plan shall be approved by the City Traffic Engineer for the proposed curb return radii. Reviewed by: VSLIDT/AJ Date: 10/31/16 V20160311 Page 1 of 1
ATTACHMENT "B"EXHIBIT D L.A. COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
ATTACHMENT "B"COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FIRE DEPARTMENT Land Development Unit 5823 Rickenbacker Road Commerce, California 90040 DATE: 10-13-2016 CITY: Temple City PLANNING SECTION ATTENTION: Hesty Liu SUBJECT: 16-438 LOCATION: 5800 Temple City Blvd. [8J The Fire Department has no requirements for this permit. [8J The Fire Department's Land Development Unit has no requirements for this permit. D Submit two complete sets of architectural drawings to the Fire Prevention Engineering Section Building Plan Check Unit. Contact (323)890-4125 for additional inf01mation and submittal location, Provide the following information on the site plan: • Fire Department access shall comply with Section 503 of the Los Angeles County Fire Code. • Cross-hatch any on-site Fire Department vehicular access. • Show any existing fire hydrants within 300 feet of the lot frontage. • Submit a fire flow availability form along with plans. • All fire hydrants shall measure 6" x 4" x 2 1/2", conforming to A WWA Standard C503-75 or approved equal. • Chapter 5, Section 507 and Table(s) Band C of the Los Angeles County Fire Code will be used to determine water requirements for fire fighting purposes. • Show type of constmction, occupancy classification, square footage of stmcture per floor and number of floors. • Indicate address of subject property. [8J Comments: THE FIRE DEPARTMENT HAS NO REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PERMIT Fire Protection facilities; including access, must be provided prior to and during construction. Should any questions arise regarding this matter, please feel fi·ee to call our office@ (323) 890-4243. Inspector: Claudia Soiza Land Development Unit-Fire Prevention Division-(323) 890-4243, Fax (323) 890-9783 11/2006
ATTACHMENT "B"ATTACHMENT 2 m DEVELOPMENT PLANS.
ATTACHMENT "B"I
I
I
\
\
' ' ' ' ' ', .... ,_
Steel Trellis with Steel Columns on
Brick Column Bases
------
I
I
I
I
W 0 R1 K
,' /
__./
/
I
/
/
MAN
(7) Platanus racemosa
(Westem Sycamore)
I
(12} Geijera ""'n,;fl,-,,~
(Australian Willow)
Parking Lot = 27 Standard Spaces
Vehicle Entrance
and Exit
I
\
\
\ A 'V E.
' ' ' ' ........... __
------
I
Existing Street Trees-Sycamores\ I ~ I
/ ' /
/ ' //
// ............ _.,,."'
~/// '----------
Landscape Concept Plan
ATTACHMENT "B"
ATTACHMENT "B"ATTACHMENT 3 m PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE SITE Ill
ATTACHMENT "B"
ATTACHMENT "B"
ATTACHMENT "B"
ATTACHMENT "B"
Document Control: D:\Dropbox (Transtech Engineers)\JOBRECRD\2016\16565 TC 5800 TC BL PARKING LOT AND PARK\WIP\2BID PACKAGE\0 SPECIFICATIONS.docx
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY, CALIFORNIA
BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
for
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
December 6, 2016
Bid Due Date:
ENTER BID DUE DATE at ENTER BID DUE TIME
Submit bids to:
Office of the City Clerk
City of TEMPLE CITY
9701 Las Tunas Drive, TEMPLE CITY, CA 91780
ATTACHMENT "C"
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION SECTION
NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS A
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS B
BIDDER’S PROPOSAL (Entire section C shall be submitted with the bid) C
SPECIFICATIONS D
BIDDER SHALL COMPLETE AND SUBMIT ALL DOCUMENTS AND PAGES IN SECTION “C. BIDDER’S PROPOSAL”
APPENDICES:
APPENDIX A - CITY STANDARD PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT TO BE EXECUTED
APPENDIX B - PROJECT PLANS
ATTACHMENT "C"
A. NOTICE INVITING FORMAL SEALED BIDS
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
PUBLIC NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Temple City invites sealed bids for the above stated
project and will receive such bids in the office of the City Clerk, City of Temple City, 9701 Las Tunas Drive,
Temple City, CA 91780, up to the hour of ENTER BID DUE TIME, on ENTER BID DUE DATE. The bids
received will be publicly opened approximately 15 minutes after the bid submittal deadline in the City
Hall.
Copies of the Plans, Specifications and contract documents can be obtained as follows:
1. To receive a pdf file send an e-mail request to: okan.demirci@transtech.org. A pdf file will be e-mailed
at no cost.
2. Hard copy can be picked up at a non-refundable cost of $50 from City of Temple City, 9701 Las Tunas
Drive, Temple City, CA 91780. Make check payable to “City of Temple City”. Place a note on the check
as follows: Cost for Plan Set for CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
The estimated construction budget for this project is approximately $500,000.
Total construction duration is 50 working days.
This is a City funded project. State Labor Standards Provisions, including prevailing wage requirements and
Related Acts will be enforced. The CONTRACTOR’s duty to pay State prevailing wages can be found under
Labor Code Section 1770 et seq. and Labor Code Sections 1775 and 1777.7 outline the penalties for failure to
pay prevailing wages and employ apprentices including forfeitures and debarment.
The City hereby notifies all qualified bidders that it will affirmatively insure that minority business enterprises
will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated
against on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, religion or handicap in any consideration for
an award. Attention is directed to the provisions of Section 1777.5 (Chapter 1411, Statutes of 1968) and
1777.5 of the Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices by the contractor and that the
contractor shall not allow discrimination in employment practices on the basis of race, color, national origin,
ancestry, sex, religion or handicap.
In entering into a public works contract, or a subcontract, to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to
a public works contract, the Contractor, or subcontractors, offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body
all rights, title and interest in, and to, all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15
U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of
Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases o f goods, services, or materials
pursuant to the public work’s contract or subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective
at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by
the parties.
Bids must be prepared on the approved Proposal forms in conformance with the Instructions to Bidders and
submitted in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside. Bids must be accompanied by a bid bond,
ATTACHMENT "C"
made payable to the City of Temple City for an amount no less than 10 percent of the amount of bid.
The City will deduct a State-mandated 5% retention from all progress payments.
Required State of California Contractors License Classification is Class A.
This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial
Relations. The bid proposal must include a print out from the DIR registration website showing that the
prime contractor and each subcontractor is currently registered. No bid proposals may be accepted nor
any contract entered into with a prime contractor without proof of registration as required above. The
successful Contractor and his subcontractors will be required to possess business licenses from the City.
The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under
advisement for a period of 60 calendar days.
Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice shall become effective or enforceable against the City of
Temple City only when the formal written contract has been duly executed by the appropriate officers of the
City.
If there are any questions regarding this project, please contact in writing via e-mail:
Okan Demirci, Project Manager
okan.demirci@transtech.org
All inquiries must be submitted in writing.
BY ORDER of the City of Temple City, California.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
LOCATION OF WORK
The project is located on 5800 Temple City Boulevard, Temple City, CA 91780.
PROPOSAL FORMS
Bids shall be submitted in writing on the Proposal forms provided by the City. All information requested
therein must be clearly and legibly set forth in the manner and form indicated. The City will not consider any
proposal not meeting these requirements.
PROPOSAL GUARANTEE
Proposals must be accompanied by a proposal guarantee consisting of a bid bond payable to the City of
Temple City in the amount not less than 10 percent of the total amount of bid. Any proposal not accompanied
by such a guarantee will not be considered. If a bidder to whom a contract is awarded fails or refuses to
execute the contract documents or furnish the required insurance policies and bonds as set forth in those
documents, the proposal guarantee shall be forfeited to the City. The proposal guarantees of all bidders will
be held until the successful bidder has properly executed all contract documents.
DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL
Proposals shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside:
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL
Proposals may be mailed or delivered by messenger. However, it is the bidder’s responsibility alone to ensure
delivery of the proposal to the hands of the City’s designated official prior to the bid opening hour stipulated
in the Notice Inviting Bids. Late proposals will not be considered.
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, PROGRESS OF WORK, LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
In accordance with the Standard Specifications, and/or as may be provided for within the herein Special
Provisions, after notification of award and prior to start of any work, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer for approval its proposed Construction Schedule. At a scheduled date prior to commencement of
work, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall attend a pre-construction conference at the City Hall.
The selected Contractor shall complete the project per the schedule indicated in the Notice of Inviting Bids
section of the specifications.
The Contractor agrees that failure to complete work within the time allowed will result in damages being
ATTACHMENT "C"
sustained by the City. Contractor and City agree that failure to complete the project will result in
inconvenience to the citizens of Temple City. The parties also agree that failure to complete the project on
time will prevent the City from having the use of the affected facilities. Therefore, the parties agree such
damages among others are, and will continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine, but
that One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) a calendar day is the minimum value of such costs to the City and is a
reasonable amount that the Contractor agrees to reimburse the City for each calendar day of delay in
finishing the work in excess of the time specified for completion, plus any authorized time extensions.
Execution of the contract under these specifications shall constitute agreement by the Contractor and the
City that the above indicated liquidated damage amount per calendar day is the minimum value of the costs
and actual damage caused by failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the allotted time, that
such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and that such sum may be deducted
from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Said amount may be reduced by the City if work is
sufficiently completed within the/an allotted time so that the damages are minimized.
All construction graffiti shall be removed prior to the release of retention payment.
WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS
A proposal may be withdrawn by a written request signed by the bidder. Such requests must be delivered to
the City’s designated official prior to the bid opening hour stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Proposals
may not be withdrawn after the bid opening hour stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids without forfeiture of
the proposal guarantee. The withdrawal of a proposal will not prejudice the right of the bidder to submit a
new proposal, providing there is time to do so.
IRREGULAR PROPOSALS
Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a proposal will render it irregular and may
cause its rejection. The completed proposal forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or
erasures. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically requested. No oral, telegraphic,
or telephonic proposal, modification, or withdrawal will be considered.
TAXES
No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, or any other tax, as all amounts bid will
be deemed and held to include any such taxes which may be applicable.
DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
In the event that any bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one proposal, all
such proposals will be rejected, and the bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to
subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one bidder, and while doing so, may
also submit a formal proposal as a prime contractor. No proposal will be accepted from a bidder who has
not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code.
DISCREPANCIES AND MISUNDERSTANDINGS
Before submitting a Proposal, Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the work site,
ATTACHMENT "C"
Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and by any other means as they may believe
necessary, as to the actual physical conditions, requirements and difficulties under which the work must
be performed, and shall include in the Proposal, the cost of all items necessary in the construction of the
project. The Bidder shall not be allowed any extra compensation by reason of any matter or thing,
concerning that which such the Bidder might have fully informed himself prior to the bidding. No bidder
shall at any time after submission of a proposal make any claim or assertion that there was any
misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the
satisfactory completion of the job.
Any errors, omissions, or discrepancies found in the Plans, Specifications, or other contract documents
shall be called to the attention of the City. Should a Bidder find any ambiguity, inconsistency or error in
the plans and project manual, or be in doubt as to their meaning, the Bidder shall notify the City, in writing
via e-mail as specified in the Notice of Inviting Bids Section. Issues requiring clarification will be addressed
in a written addendum response, sent by facsimile to each Bidder, person or firm recorded by the City as
having received plans. Any addenda issued by the City during the time of bidding are to be included in
the proposal from the Bidder, and shall become a part of the Bid documents. The Bidder shall acknowledge
receipt of addenda on the proposal form in the space provided.
By submitting a bid, the Bidder shall be held to have personally examined the site and the drawings, to
have carefully read the specifications, and to have satisfied itself as to its ability to meet all the difficulties
attending the execution of the proposed contract before the delivery of this proposal, and agrees that if
awarded the contract, will make no claim against the City based on ignorance or misunderstanding of the
plans, specifications, site conditions and/or contract provisions.
PERMITS AND LICENSES
The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices
necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. No fee is charged for the Permit
issued by the City for a public works project. The Contractor shall pay for and obtain a City Business
License.
CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW
The successful Bidder shall comply with and require all subcontractors to comply with all Federal, State
and City Contractor License Laws and be dully registered and licensed thereunder as required.
The successful Bidder is required to provide and pay for a performance and a payment bond. These bonds
shall cover the faithful performance (100%) of the Contract for Construction and the payment of all
obligations (100%) arising thereunder, in such form as the City may prescribe and with such sureties as
they may approve. The successful Bidder shall require the attorney in fact who executes the required
bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of his Power of Attorney
indicating the monetary limit of such power.
The City reserves the right to reject any proposed bonding company without stating cause. In this event
the successful Bidder shall provide an alternate bonding company selection acceptable to the City.
Bonds shall conform to state statutes regarding performance bond and labor and material payment bond
with amount shown on each part equal to 100% of the total amount payable by terms of the Contract for
ATTACHMENT "C"
Construction. The surety company shall be licensed to do business in state in which construction project
is located and shall be acceptable to the City. Bond amount shall be increased to include any Change
Order(s) added to the contract to 100% total value amount of each Change Order. Bonds will be recorded
along with a copy of the construction contract in the County Recorder Records by the General Contractor
with written proof submitted to the City.
LIABILITY INSURANCE
The liability insurance coverage values shall be:
1. Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance in an amount of not less than ONE MILLION DOLLARS
($1,000,000);
2. Products/Completed Operations Hazard Insurance in an amount of no less than ONE MILLION
DOLLARS ($1,000,000);
3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance in an amount not less than ONE MILLION DOLLARS
($1,000,000);
4. Contractual General Liability Insurance in an amount not less than ONE MILLION DOLLARS
($1,000,000);
5. or GENERAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY in an amount of not less than TWO MILLION DOL LARS
($2,000,000).
* Automobile and lease vehicle insurance; owned, not owned and hired. Insurance to include bodily
injury, sickness and death of any person and property damage owned and un-owned per occurrence.
SOCIAL SECURITY ACT
The successful Bidder agrees to comply with and to require all of his subcontractors to comply with all the
provisions of the Act of Congress approved August 14, 1935, known and cited as the Social Security Act
and also the provisions of the act of the State Legislature Approved, and known as the State
Unemployment Compensation Law and all other laws and regulations pertaining to labor and workmen
and all amendments to such data, and the contractor further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
City of Temple City of and from any and all claims and demands made against it by virtue of the failure of
the contractor or any subcontractors to comply with the provisions of any or all of said acts and
amendments.
SALES AND USE TAX
The successful Bidder agrees to comply with and to require all of his subcontractors to comply with all the
provisions of applicable state sales excise tax law and compensation use tax law and all amendments to
same. The successful Bidder further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City of Temple City of and
from any and all claims and demands made against virtue of the failure of the Contractor or any
Subcontractors to comply with the provisions of any or all said laws and amendments.
WAIVER OF LIENS
The successful Bidder (General Contractor) is responsible for the payment of all bills for labor and
materials furnished by the subcontractors, the suppliers, and the General Contractor on this project. The
General Contractor shall deliver to the City, unconditional Lien Waivers and/or Releases from himself and
ATTACHMENT "C"
from each of his subcontractors and suppliers, and at such time he shall certify that he is submitting such
lien waivers for all subcontractors and suppliers involved.
If any liens are filed against the City property, the City may, at its option, demand General Contractor
immediately provide a bond in accordance with state statutes.
LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES
All proposals must be submitted, filed and executed in accordance with State and Federal laws relating to
bids for contracts of this nature whether the same or expressly referred to herein or not. Any bidder
submitting a proposal shall by such action thereby agree to each and all of the terms, conditions,
provisions, and requirements set forth, contemplated, and referred to in the Plans, Specifications, and
other contract documents, and to full compliance therewith.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
The award of contract, if made, will be to the lowest responsible bidder as determined solely by the City.
The City of Temple City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any irregularity, and to
take the bids under advisement for a period of sixty (60) calendar days, as may be required to provide for
the best interests of the City. In no event will an award be made until all necessary investigations are
made as to the responsibility and qualifications of the bidder to whom the award is contemplated.
The Contractor shall submit a signed contract, bonds, insurance and all necessary documents to the City,
within the required schedule.
EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES
Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1777.5 of the California Labor Code concerning
employment of apprentices by the contractor or any subcontractor under him. The contractor and any
subcontractor under him shall comply with the requirements of said section in the employment of
apprentices; however, the contractor shall have full responsibility for compliance with said Labor Code
section for all apprenticable occupations, regardless of any other contractual or employment relationships
alleged to exist.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST
In the procurement of supplies, equipment, construction, and services by sub-recipients, the conflict of
interest provisions in (State LCA-24 CFR 85.36 and Non-Profit Organizations – 24 CFR 84.4), OMB Circular
A-110, and 24 CFR 570.611, respectively, shall apply. No employee, officer or agent of the sub-recipient
shall participate in selection, or in the award or administration of a contract supported by Federal funds
if a conflict of interest, real or apparent, would be involved.
SUBCONTRACTS
Subcontracts shall comply with SECTION 2-SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK, of the Greenbook
(Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition). The Contractor is required to
perform, with its own organization, contract work amounting to at least 51 percent of the Contract Price.
ATTACHMENT "C"
Failure to meet these requirements will result in disqualifying of the bid or termination of the contract.
This provision supersedes any other provisions which specified a different subcontract requirement
Proposed subcontractor names, a general description of the work to be performed by each subcontractor
and the dollar amount for each subcontractor shall be submitted with the bid.
PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS
Within 10 calendar days of completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit project close out
documents, including: Drawings showing as built conditions with red pencil; All warranties and
guarantees; All paperwork required for labor compliance; All final lien releases; All other project related
documents requested by the City.
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
The bidder’s attention is directed to the applicable provisions in the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction requirements and conditions which must be observed in the preparation o f the
proposal form and the submission of the bid.
1. Examination of Site, and Specifications: Bidders shall examine the site of the work and acquaint
themselves with all conditions affecting the work. By submitting a bid, the Bidder shall be held to
have personally examined the site, to have carefully read the specifications, and to have satisfied itself
as to its ability to meet all the difficulties attending the execution of the proposed contract before the
delivery of this proposal, and agrees that if awarded the contract, will make no claim against the City
based on ignorance or misunderstanding of the specifications, site conditions and/or contract
provisions.
2. The Contractor shall have included in the contract price a sufficient sum to cover all items , including
labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, that are implied or required for the complete
improvements as contemplated by the contract documents.
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS
The bidder’s attention is directed to other contract provisions, as listed below, which must be observed
in the preparation of the proposal form and the submission of the bid.
Federal Labor Standards Provisions
Current Federal DOL Wage Decision
Federal EEO and Affirmative Action Requirements
Contracting with Small & Minority Firms, Women’s Business Enterprise
Compliance with Clean Air and Water Acts
If there are any questions regarding this project, please contact via e-mail:
Okan Demirci, Project Manager
okan.demirci@transtech.org
All inquiries must be submitted in writing.
ATTACHMENT "C"
C. BIDDER’S PROPOSAL
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
Bidder’s Name:
In accordance with the City of Temple City’s Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER, hereby
proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated
project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefore, and to perform all work
in the manner and time prescribed therein.
BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans,
Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. If this proposal is accepted for
award, BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will
result in forfeiture to the City of Temple City of the guarantee accompanying this proposal.
BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work. The contract will be awarded on the prices
shown on the bid schedule. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all appurtenant
expenses, taxes, royalties and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts of bid, unit prices shall
govern over extended amount, and words shall govern over figures.
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER’S default in
executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten
working days after the date of the City of Temple City’s notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, the
proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of Temple City and
this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of Temple City’s option, be considered null and void.
BID SCHEDULE
To the Temple City’s City Council, herein called the “Council”.
Pursuant to and in compliance with your Notice Inviting Bids and the other documents relating thereto, the
undersigned bidder, having familiarized himself with the work as per the paragraph, Discrepancies and
Misunderstandings, contained in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS section, and with the terms of the contract,
the local conditions affecting the performance of the contract, and the cost of the work at the place where
the work is done, and with the drawings and specifications and other contract documents, hereby proposes
and agrees to perform, within the time stipulated, the contract, including all of its component parts, and
everything required to be performed, and to provide and furnish any and all of the labor, materials, tools,
expendable equipment, and all applicable taxes, utility and transportation services necessary to perform the
contract and complete in a workmanlike manner, all in strict conformity with the Contract Documents on file
at the office of the City Clerk of said City, per the following bid schedule:
(Bidder shall provide a bid amount for each bid item listed below. Failure to provide a bid for each bid item
shall render the bid non-responsive)
ATTACHMENT "C"
BID SCHEDULE
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Bid
Amount
Total Bid
Amount
1 Remove existing block wall including footing 80 L.F. $___________ $___________
2 Remove existing AC pavement section (4" AC
on 6" Underlying Base Material) 7,602 S.F. $___________ $___________
3
Remove existing PCC Driveway including PCC
Apron, Curb & Gutter bounded by limit lines
excluding 1' wide slot cut of AC Pavement
385 S.F. $___________ $___________
4
Remove existing ramp including PCC Walk,
Retaining Curb, Curb & Gutter bounded by limit
lines excluding 1' wide slot cut of AC Pavement
378 S.F. $___________ $___________
5
Slot Cut 1' wide strip x 8" deep of existing AC
pavement section and to be filled back with full
depth AC Pavement
1,273 L.F. $___________ $___________
6
Remove portion of Alley Intersection bounded
by limit lines excluding 1' wide slot cut of AC
Pavement
187 S.F. $___________ $___________
7 Construct Type B-PG 64-10 AC pavement 220 TON $___________ $___________
8 Construct Crushed Aggregate Base 333 TON $___________ $___________
9 Construct PCC Walk 1,555 S.F. $___________ $___________
10 Construct A2-(8) Curb & Gutter, 2' gutter 50 L.F. $___________ $___________
11 Construct 6" PCC Curb, A1-(6) 500 L.F. $___________ $___________
12 Construct 4" x 6" PCC header 126 L.F. $___________ $___________
13 Construct Curb Ramp Per SPPWC Std. Plan 111-
5, Type 4, Case A 1 EA $___________ $___________
14
Reconstruct the removed portion of Alley
Intersection as shown on the plan including
ramp
1 EA $___________ $___________
ATTACHMENT "C"
BID SCHEDULE
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Bid
Amount
Total Bid
Amount
15 Construct Low Impact Development Vegetated
Swale including geotextile fabric 47 C.Y. $___________ $___________
16
Construct Low Impact Development Gravel
Bottomless Trench including geotextile fabric
per detail
70 C.Y. $___________ $___________
17 Remove Existing Chain link fence 140 L.F. $___________ $___________
18 Install Pacific Utility Product Metered Pedestal,
Type III-AF Service Equipment Enclosure 1 EA. $___________ $___________
19 Install 1 1/2" PVC Conduit Schedule 80 with 3-
#8 & 1-#10 Conductors 462 L.F. $___________ $___________
20
Install 1 1/2" PVC Conduit Schedule 80 with
3/8" nylon pull rope (Provision for future EV
Charge Station)
62 L.F. $___________ $___________
21 Install Parking Lighting No. 5 Pull Box Per
Caltrans RSP ES-8A 10 EA $___________ $___________
22
Install "SUB#CS-0034-16 Element-Series"
parking lot light standard including foundation
& fully operational
5 EA $___________ $___________
23 Install "SUB#CS-0020-12 ELE-Bollard Lighting
per detail and fully operational 2 EA $___________ $___________
24
Install " Model 1057-GG-WF-30-C-MV-ND-HS
(Standard)" inground Accent Floodlight
complete with JB-300 Junction Box and fully
operational
1 EA $___________ $___________
25 Unclassified Excavation (Export Excess
Material) 366 C.Y. $___________ $___________
26 Irrigation - Controllers (1) - Hunter (pdstl mnt,
ext with encl) 1 EA $___________ $___________
27 Irrigation - RP Backflow with Enclosure 1 EA $___________ $___________
28 Irrigation - Valve Box Assemblies and Quick
Couplers 1 LS $___________ $___________
ATTACHMENT "C"
BID SCHEDULE
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Bid
Amount
Total Bid
Amount
29 Irrigation - Drip and Bubbler Irrigation System 1 LS $___________ $___________
30 Planting - 36" Box Trees 9 EA $___________ $___________
31 Planting - 24" Box Trees 5 EA $___________ $___________
32 Planting - 15 Gallon Shrubs 6 EA $___________ $___________
33 Planting - 5 Gallon Shrubs 370 EA $___________ $___________
34 Planting - 1 Gallon Shrubs 1,036 EA $___________ $___________
35 Planting - Groundcover Flats 30 EA $___________ $___________
36 Planting - Soil Grubbing and Soil Preparation 7,500 S.F. $___________ $___________
37 Planting - 3" Depth Wood Mulch 7,500 S.F. $___________ $___________
38 Planting - 6" Depth River Rock Mulch 550 S.F. $___________ $___________
39 Planting - Boulders 10 TON $___________ $___________
40 Planting - 90 Day Maintenance 3 Mont
hly $___________ $___________
41 Paving - Striping 800 L.F. $___________ $___________
42 Trellis - Steel 1 EA $___________ $___________
43 Trellis - Directory Sign 1 EA $___________ $___________
44 Furniture - Furnish and Install Benches 2 EA $___________ $___________
45 Walls - Structural CMU 740 S.F. $___________ $___________
ATTACHMENT "C"
BID SCHEDULE
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Bid
Amount
Total Bid
Amount
46 Walls - CMU Scored 580 S.F. $___________ $___________
47 Walls - Brick Veneer 1,080 S.F. $___________ $___________
48 Walls - Signage - 'Downtown' 1 EA $___________ $___________
49 Walls - Signage - Directory 1 EA $___________ $___________
TOTAL BID AMOUNT $___________
The award of Contract shall be based on the TOTAL BID AMOUNT.
In the case of discrepancies, total bid will be based on calculated amounts based on quantities and Unit Bid
Amounts.
Full compensation for the items listed to the right as
Items A, B, C, D and E are considered as inclusive in
each Bid Item listed above in the Base Bid Schedule
and Additive Alternate Bid Schedule as applicable,
and no additional and/or separate compensation
will be allowed.
A. Mobilization / Demobilization
B. Traffic Control
C. NPDES, WWECP, and Best Management Practices
(BMPs), Public Convenience and Safety
D. Construction Staking by Land Surveyor
E. Clearing and Grubbing
The bid prices shall include any and all costs, including labor, materials, appurtenant expenses, taxes, royalties
and any and all other incidental costs to complete the project, in compliance with the Bid and Contract
Documents and all applicable codes and standards.
All other work items not specifically listed in the bid schedule, but necessary to complete the work per bid and
contract documents and all applicable codes and standards are assumed to be included in the bid prices.
The City reserves the right to add, delete, increase or decrease the amount of any quantity shown and to delete
any item from the contract and pay the contractor at the bid unit prices so long as the total amount of change
does not exceed 25% (plus or minus) of the total bid amount for the entire project. If the change exceeds 25%,
a change order may be negotiated to adjust unit bid prices.
A bid is required for the entire work, that the quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are to calculate total bid
amount, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work
satisfactorily completed.
ATTACHMENT "C"
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
BIDDER proposes to subcontract certain portions of the work which are in excess of one-half of one
percent of the bid and to procure materials and equipment from suppliers and vendors as follows:
Name, address, and
phone number pf
subcontractors,
suppliers, and vendors
Work to be Performed Contractor’s
License # DIR # Dollar Amount
$_____________
$_____________
$_____________
$_____________
$_____________
$_____________
$_____________
$_____________
$_____________
Total Subcontract Amount (shall not exceed 49%
of Total Bid Amount) $___________
ATTACHMENT "C"
REFERENCES
The City of Temple City is interested in obtaining bids from the most qualified and capable contractors
with a proven track record able to perform work desired by the Public Works Department. Any and all
references required to be provided by the bid specifications must be for projects constructed by the
bidding company; references for other projects performed by principals or other individuals of the bidding
company may not be included.
The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for three public agencies fo r which
BIDDER has performed similar work within the past three years.
Reference Contact Information Reference Project
Name
Contract
Value
Date
Completed
Agency Name:
$_________ Contact Name and Title:
Contact Tel No:
Agency Name:
$_________ Contact Name and Title:
Contact Tel No:
Agency Name:
$_________ Contact Name and Title:
Contact Tel No:
BONDS
The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom
Bidder intends to procure insurance bonds:
______________________________________________________________________________
SITE INSPECTION
The Bidder declares that he/she has carefully read and examined the plans, specifications, bid documents,
and he/she has made a personal examination of the site (indicate name of the person, representing the
bidder, who inspected the site and date below) and that he/she understands the exact scope of the Project
WITHOUT QUESTION.
Name of Person who inspected the site: _____________________
Date of Inspection: _____________________
ATTACHMENT "C"
ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda and has included their provisions in this
Proposal:
Addendum No.___________________ Dated________________
Addendum No.___________________ Dated________________
Addendum No.___________________ Dated________________
Addendum No.___________________ Dated________________
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE
BIDDER certifies that all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under
the requirements of any Agency, Site, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been
satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding.
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION
BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business
enterprises for those portions of work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been
fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will
remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that
affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract
documents.
NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named
herein: that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of Temple City is personally interested, directly or
indirectly, in this proposal; that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or
corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without
collusion or fraud.
ATTACHMENT "C"
BIDDER INFORMATION
Bidder’s Name:
Address:
Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc.)
If a Corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e., Calif.)
State Contractor’s License No. and Class
State DIR No
Contact Person Information:
Name Title E-mail Tel
The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members,
partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having a principal interest in this proposal:
_______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
The date(s) of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgements against any principal having an interest
in this proposal are as follows:
__________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
All current and prior DBA’S, alias, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in
this proposal are as follows:
__________________________________________________________________________
Previous contract performance history:
Was any contract terminated previously:_______
If the answer to the above is “yes”, provide the following information:
Contract/project name and number:___________________________________________
Date of termination:________________________________________________________
Reason for termination:_____________________________________________________
Owner’s name:___________________________________________________________
Owner contact person and tel. no.: _________________________________________
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER executes and submits this proposal with the names, titles, hands, and
seals of all aforementioned principals this ____ day of ___________, 201_.
ATTACHMENT "C"
BIDDER ______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
Subscribed and sworn to this _____ day of _______________, 201_.
NOTARY PUBLIC _______________________________________________________________
ATTACHMENT "C"
PROPOSAL GUARANTEE/BID BOND
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
City of Temple City
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that __________________________________________, as BIDDER,
and ____________________________________________________, as SURETY, are held and firmly
bound unto the City of Temple City, in the penal sum of ___________________dollars ($_____________),
which is 10 percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of Temple City for the above stated
project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firm
by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the
City of Temple City for the above stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a
contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation
shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of Temple City.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this ____ day of
_______________, 201_.
BIDDER* _____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
SURETY* _____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
*Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and
telephone number for authorized representative.
Subscribed and sworn to this _____ day of _______________, 201_.
NOTARY PUBLIC:______________________________________________________
ATTACHMENT "C"
D. SPECIFICATIONS
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P17-05
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
The Standard Specifications for this project is the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
(Latest Edition), except as amended by the project plans, specifications and contract documents,
supplementary conditions, and/or other applicable contract documents.
In case of conflict the more stringent requirement shall apply, except when the City makes an exception.
The City has the right to make such exception at its discretion, and the contractor shall provide reasonable
cost discount if the City decides to implement the lesser stringent option.
NOTIFICATION
The Contractor shall notify the City of Temple City and the owners of all utilities and substructures not
less than 48 hours prior to starting construction. The following list of names and telephone number s is
intended for the convenience of the Contractor and is not guaranteed to be complete or correct:
Agency Name and Title Tel
City of Temple City Michael D. Forbes, Director of Community
Development
626-285-2171
City of Temple City Ali Cayir, PE, City Engineer 714-883-8677
City of Temple City Bryan Ariizumi, Public Safety Officer 626-285-2171
City of Temple City, PD County Sheriff’s Station 626-285-7171
City of Temple City, Fire Fire Department 626-287-9521
Electric Southern California Edison 800-684-8123
Gas The Gas Company 800-427-2200
AT&T Business Customer Service 888-944-0447
SPRINT Customer Service 800-211-4727
MCI Customer Service 888-624-5622
Refuse Athens Disposal Company 626-336-3636
Cable Charter Communications 866-499-8080
Water California American Water Co. 888-422-5269
Water East Pasadena Water Co. 626-793-6189
Water San Gabriel County Water District 626-287-0341
Water So. California Water Co. 626-446-1372
Water Sunnyslope Water Co. 626-287-5238
Underground Service Alert (800) 422-4133
CITY HOLIDAYS
City offices are closed on the following days: New Years Day; President’s Day; Memorial Day;
Independence Day; Labor Day; Veteran’s Day; Thanksgiving (2 days) and Christmas Day. During these
ATTACHMENT "C"
holidays, inspections will not be available.
EMERGENCY INFORMATION
The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor and subcontractors, or their
representatives, shall be filed with the Engineer and the City Police Department prior to beginning work.
AS- BUILT DRAWINGS
Provide and record a complete “As Built” records set of blue line prints showing changes from the original
drawings and specifications and the exact “As Built” locations, sizes and types of equipment. Prints for
this purpose may be obtained from the City. Keep this set of drawings on the site and use only as a record
set. Use these drawings as work progress sheets. With red pencil, make neat and legible annotations
thereon as the work proceeds, showing the work as actually completed. Keep these drawings available
at all times for inspection. Before the date of the final inspection, provide the “As Built” prints to the City.
Please note, that failure to submit an “As Built” set of drawings as noted above will result in the retention
payment being delayed.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
GENERAL
1. All work shall be performed in accordance with the "Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction", (“Greenbook” or “SSPWC”), Latest Edition, and all supplements; except where
otherwise specified; the notes and details on the drawings; American Public Works Association
Standard Plans; California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CAMUTCD); Caltrans Standard
Plans, Latest Edition; the General Provisions (Part 1); and these Special Provisions (Part 2).
2. SCOPE OF THE WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The work to be done consists of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidental for the
rehabilitation of various streets as shown in Appendix B –Project Plans. Work includes but not limited
to the construction of slurry seal on AC pavement, AC cold milling, rubberized asphalt overlay, removal
and reconstruction of asphalt pavement section and restoration of roadway marking and striping.
3. ADDITIONAL CONTRACTORS DUTIES
Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, and other legal requirements of public
authorities which bear on performance of work.
4. CONTRACTS
Construct entire work under one contract with the City.
ATTACHMENT "C"
5. The Specifications and Drawings are complementary, and what is called for in one shall be binding as
if called for in both.
6. Subsection 2-5.2, "Precedence of Contract Documents", (SSPWC), revise the order of precedence and
incorporate additional items as follows:
1) Permits issued by jurisdictional regulatory agencies
2) Change Orders and/or Supplemental Agreements; which occurs last
3) Contract/Agreement
4) Addenda
5) Bid/Proposal
6) Special Provisions
7) Plans
8) General Provisions
9) Standard Plans
10) Standard Specifications
11) Reference Specifications
7. DISCREPANCIES IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Any discrepancies, conflicts, errors or omissions found in the Contract Document shall be promptly
reported in writing to the Director of Public Works and Development Services or his/her designee ,
who will issue a correction in writing. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any such
discrepancies, conflicts, errors or omissions, but shall comply with any corrective measures regarding
the same prescribed by the Director of Public Works and Development Services or his/her designee,
and no additional payment or time shall be allowed therefor, except as provided in the Standard
Specifications.
If discrepancies are discovered between the drawings and the specifications, and no specific
interpretation is issued prior to the bidding, the decision regarding this interpretation shall rest with
the Director of Public Works and Development Services or his/her designee. The Contractor shall be
compelled to act on the Director of Public Works and Development Services or his/her designee's
decision as directed. In the event the installation is not in compliance with the direction of the
Director of Public Works and Development Services or his/her designee, the installation shall be
corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor at no additional cost to the City.
In case of such discrepancies on the plan sheets, it is assumed that the bid included the cost for
implementing/constructing the discrepancy that would have the highest dollar value.
8. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
If the Contractor, in the course of the work, becomes aware of any claimed errors or omissions in the
contract documents or in the City's field work, it shall immediately inform the Director of Public Works
and Development Services or his/her designee. City Engineer shall promptly review the matter, and
if he/she finds an error or omission has been made, he/she shall determine the corrective actions and
ATTACHMENT "C"
advise the Contractor accordingly. If the corrective work associated with an error or o mission
increases or decreases the amount of work called for in the Contract, the City shall issue an
appropriate Change Order. After discovery of an error or omission by the Contractor, any related
work performed by the Contractor shall be done at its risk unless authorized by the Director of Public
Works and Development Services or his/her designee.
9. CHANGED CONDITIONS
The plans for the work show conditions as they are believed by City Engineer to exist, but is not
intended or to be inferred that the conditions as shown thereon constitute a representation by the
City that such conditions are actually existent, nor shall the City be liable for any loss sustained by the
Contractor as a result of any variance of the conditions as shown on the plans and the actual
conditions revealed during the progress of the work or otherwise. The word "conditions" as used in
this paragraph includes, but is not limited to, site conditions, both surface and subsurface.
The Contractor shall examine the site, compare it with the drawings and specifications and shall satisfy
itself as to the conditions under which the work is to be performed. The Contractor shall ascertain
and check the location of all existing structures, utilities and equipment which may affect its work .
The Contractor shall be responsible to re-examine the site, as necessary, for performance of change
orders or other proposed changes which may affect its work. No allowance shall subsequently be
made on the Contractor's behalf for any extra expense or loss of time which incurred due to failure or
negligence on its part to make such examination.
10. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND CLAIMS
1. Breakdown of Contract Prices. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) working days of receipt of a
request from the City, submit a complete breakdown of lump sum bid prices showing the value
assigned to each part of the work, including an allowance for profit and overhead. In submitting
the breakdown, the Contractor certifies that it is not unbalanced and that the value assigned to
each part of the work represents its estimate of the actual cost, including profit and overhead, of
performing that part of the work. The breakdown shall be sufficiently detailed to permit its use
by the Engineer as one of the bases for evaluating requests for payment. No extra costs shall be
allowed for these breakdowns.
2. Payment for Labor and Materials. The Contractor shall pay and cause the subcontractors to pay
any and all accounts for labor, including Worker's Compensation premiums, State Unemployment
and Federal Social Security payments and all other wage and salary deductions required by law.
The Contractor also shall pay and cause the subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for
services, equipment and materials used by it and the subcontractors during the performance of
work under this contract. All such accounts shall be paid as they become due and payable. If
requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately furnish the City with proof of
payment of such accounts.
3. Additional Work. Payment for additional work and all expenditures in excess of the bid amount
must be authorized in writing by the Public Works Director or his/her designee. Such
authorization shall be obtained by the Contractor prior to engaging in additional work. It shall be
ATTACHMENT "C"
the Contractor's sole responsibility to obtain written approval from City Engineer for any
change(s) in material or in the work proposed by suppliers or subcontractors. No payment shall
be made to the Contractor for additional work which has not been approved in writing, and the
Contractor hereby agrees that it shall have no right to additional compensation for any work not
so authorized.
4. Claims. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for
any cause, including any act, or failure to act, by the City, or the happening of any event, thing or
occurrence, unless he shall have given the City due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter
specifications. The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the reasons for which the
Contractor believes additional compensation will or may be due, the nature of the costs involved,
and, insofar as possible, the amount of the potential claim. Said notice shall be submitted on a
form approved by the City at least forty-eight (48) hours (two working days) in advance of
performing said work, unless the work is of an emergency nature, in which case the Contractor
shall notify and obtain approval from the Inspector prior to commencing the work. The Public
Works Director or his/her designee. may require the Contractor to delay construction involving
the claim, but no other work shall be delayed, and the Contractor shall not be allowed additional
costs for any said delay but may be allowed on extension of time if the Public Works Director or
his/her designee. agrees that the work delayed is a controlling element of the Construction
Schedule. The Contractor shall be required to submit any supporting data (or a detailed written
explanation justifying further delay) within five (5) Work Days of a request from the Public Works
Director or his/her designee, and shall be responsible for any delays resulting from late and/or
incomplete submittals. By submitting a Bid, the Contractor hereby agrees that this Section shall
supersede Sections 6-6.3 and 6-6.4 of the Standard Specifications.
The City shall be the sole authority to interpret all plans, specifications and contract documents,
and no claim shall be accepted which is based on the Contractor's ignorance, misunderstanding
or noncompliance with any provision or portion thereof.
The above provisions shall supplement Section 3 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor
shall be responsible to provide all data and to obtain all approvals required by said Specifications,
including submittal of Daily Extra Work Reports. No claims or extras shall be approved by the City
unless all work was done under the direction of and subject to the approval of the Inspector.
Disputed work claims shall comply with Section 3 of the Standard Specifications, as modified
herein.
It is the intention of this Subsection that differences between the parties arising under and by
virtue of the Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in
order that such matters may be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
The Contractor hereby agrees that it shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim
that may be based on any such act, failure to act, event, thing or occurrence for which no written
notice of potential claim as herein required was filed.
5. Noncompliance with Plans and Specifications. Failure of the Contractor to comply with any
requirement of the Plans and Specifications, and/or to immediately remedy any such
noncompliance upon notice from the Engineer, may result in suspension of Contract Progress
Payments. Any Progress Payments so suspended shall remain in suspension until the Contractor's
operations and/or submittals are brought into compliance to the satisfaction of the Engineer. No
ATTACHMENT "C"
additional compensation shall be allowed as a result of suspension of Progress Payments due to
noncompliance with the plans or specifications. The Contractor shall not be permitted to stop
work due to said suspension of Progress Payments.
6. Request for Payment. Contractor shall submit all requests for payment on the City provided form.
The City shall provide the form for use after Contract is awarded.
Prior to submittal of said form, all items for which payment is requested shall be checked and
approved in writing by the City Engineer. No payments will be made unless all back-up data is
submitted with the payment request and the Progress Payment Invoice is signed by both
Contractor and City Engineer.
There shall be no separate payment for any relocations, barriers or forms, grading or temporary
construction required to construct the improvements herein. Payment for these items shall be
absorbed in the Bid Prices for the applicable work to which they are appurtenant, and no extra
costs shall be allowed.
The payment of amounts due to the Contractor shall be contingent upon the Contractor and
subcontractors furnishing the City with a release of all claims against the City arising by virtue of
the Contract related to said amounts.
11. MARKUP
For extra work and change orders the following percentages shall apply:
a. LABOR COSTS
1. Labor markup for employer taxes standard federal/state rates, approximately: 10%
2. Labor markup for fringe benefits: 15%
3. Labor overhead markup (applied to total of 1 and 2): 10%
4. Profit markup (applied to 3): 10%
b. MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, SUBCONTRACTOR COSTS
Only 5% markup by prime contractor will be allowed on materials, equipment and subcontractor
costs. No other additional markups (overhead, profit, etc.) will be allowed.
c. After the total amount is established by adding the above items, an additional 2% markup for
INSURANCE AND BONDING COSTS will be allowed.
The markups mentioned hereinafter shall include, but are not limited to, all costs for the services of
superintendents, project managers, timekeepers and other personnel not working directly on the
change order, and pickup or yard trucks used by the above personnel, and other vehicles and/or
equipment present at the job site but not directly used in actual construction activities. Incidental
movements of labor, materials, supplies or equipment shall not be considered as use in actual
construction activities. These costs shall not be reported as labor or equipment elsewhere, except
when actually performing work directly on the change order and then shall only be reported at the
labor classification of the work performed
ATTACHMENT "C"
12. ALLOTTED WORKING SPACE
The Contractor shall be responsible for storing his materials and equipment and to use as work yard
as necessary. The City will not allow keeping equipment, materials, vehicles, removed items, debris,
etc. within this project site with no liability to the City. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to provide adequate fencing, security of the yard and equipment, and to restore the assigned area to
its original, pre-use condition, or better, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
13. ACCEPTANCE OF SITE
The Contractor shall accept the site and the character of the work as they exist on the first day of work
under this contract.
14. PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the
work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property per subsection 7.9 of the
SSPWC.
15. SITE SECURITY AND SAFETY
The Contractor shall secure the project as well as the adjoining properties du ring the duration of the
project.
16. SURVEY AND LAYOUT
Contractor shall report to the City Representative any discrepancies before proceeding with related
work. Contractor shall perform all survey and precise layout work. Contractor shall establish fi nal
grades and extents for the improvements and preserve such work on as-built plans.
17. LIMITS OF WORK
Limits of work shall be the legal property boundaries of the project site unless modified by Contract
limit lines indicated on the plans or as noted otherwise.
Prior to commencing work on any particular area, the Contractor shall verify and coordinate th em
with the Engineer to ascertain the actual limits of work.
18. The Contractor is reminded that he is responsible for the control of water through the construction
area, at all times.
ATTACHMENT "C"
19. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT AND RECYCLING PLAN
The contractor shall submit a Solid Waste Management and Recycling Plan to the City Manager’s
Office for review and approval prior to issuance of a construction permit for the project. Said plan
shall indicate that the permittee/contractor shall provide documentation such as receipts from
landfills, salvage and recycling facilities upon completion of the demolition/construction. Said plan
shall identify:
A. Types of materials for recycling, reuse or sorting
B. Estimated quantities
C. Separation requirements
D. On site storage
E. Transportation methods
F. Destinations
G. Plan manager (contractor’s representative)
Prior to issuance of a construction permit, the permittee/contractor shall contact the California
Integrated Waste Management Board (recycling hotline 800-553-2962) to obtain an approved
recycler (processor and/or receiver) for demolition and construction waste. At the minimum the
contractor shall recycle each of the following demolition and construction waste materials:
Asphalt paving: 75%
Concrete and concrete masonry units: 75%
Non-lead based painted wood wastes (dimensional lumber and broken crates and pallets): 50%
Metals: 60%
Toilets: 75%
Appliances: 75%
Copper cable/wire: 50%
Transformers and ballasts: 100%
Fluorescent lamps: 100%
Glass: 50%
Unpainted gypsum board: 50%
A minimum of 50% of the total weight of the waste (demolition and construction wastes) shall be
diverted from landfill.
20. REFUSE ROUTE SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall accommodate and coordinate with the City’s refuse pick-up service in the project
area.
The Contractor shall accommodate and coordinate with the City’s street sweeping service in the
project area.
21. LEGAL ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR
ATTACHMENT "C"
The address given in the Bidder's Proposal is hereby designated as the place to which all notices,
letters, and other communications to the Contractor will be mailed or delivered, except such notices
and communications as shall be given by the City's Inspectors to the Contractor's designated
Superintendent in the field. The mailing or delivering to said address of any notice, letter, or other
communication, or the hand-delivery to said Superintendent, shall be deemed sufficient service
thereof upon the Contractor. The date of such service shall be the date of such mailing or delivery.
Said address may be changed at any time by a written notice signed by the Contractor and delivered
to the Engineer.
B. GENERAL PROCEDURES
1. The Contractor shall obtain a no-fee Construction Permit before commencing construction from
the City.
2. Scope of the Work covered by Contract Documents:
Furnish all labor, materials and equipment for the City of Temple City, 5800 Temple City Blvd
Parking Lot Improvements as shown on the plans.
3. The Contractor shall accept the site and the character of the work as they exist on the first day of
work under this contract.
4. Limits of Work:
Limits of work shall be the legal property boundaries of the project site unless modified by
Contract limit lines indicated on the plans or as noted otherwise.
Prior to commencing work on any area, the Contractor shall verify and coordinate them with the
Engineer to ascertain the actual limits of work.
5. The Contractor shall take note that the final limits of PCC sidewalk, curb & gutter, driveway and
AC pavement removal and reconstruction shall be coordinated and determined by the City
Engineer during construction.
6. Project Schedule
The Contractor shall submit a Construction Schedule to City Engineer prior to beginning
construction. No work may be started until a Notice to Proceed is issued by the City. A Notice to
Proceed shall not be issued until the Project Schedule has been approved in writing. The work
shall be scheduled to assure that construction will be completed within the specified time. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for coordination of all phases of the operation so that the
time schedule can be met.
The Contractor shall provide to the City all required contract bonds and evidences of insurance
prior to the issuance of “Notice to Proceed” by the City.
If the Contractor desires to make a major change in its method or operations after commencing
ATTACHMENT "C"
construction or if its Schedule fails to reflect the actual progress, the Contractor shall submit to
City Engineer a revised Construction Schedule. Said Schedule shall be submitted in advance of
beginning revised operations or within two (2) working days after notification by the City
Engineer. City Engineer may suspend all progress payments if the Contractor fails to comply.
7. Notice to Proceed
The Contractor shall not commence work until a Notice to Proceed has been issued by the City to
the Contractor.
Prior to the issuance of Notice to Proceed the Contractor shall provide the following:
a. The Contractor shall provide all required contract bonds and evidences of insurance to
the City;
b. The Contractor shall submit a Construction Schedule to City Engineer;
c. Obtain a no-fee Construction Permit from the City
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall not be obligated to
perform any work and the City shall not be obligated to accept or pay for any work performed by
the Contractor prior to delivery of a Notice to Proceed. The City's knowledge of work being
performed prior to delivery of the Notice to Proceed shall not obligate the City to accept or pay
for such work.
The construction date shall begin within 10 days after “Notice to Proceed” is issued by the City to
the Contractor.
8. Contract Time
The date construction shall begin will be specified in a Notice to Proceed, by the date indicated in
the construction schedule in INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION of these specifications.
Working hours are between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, excluding legal
holidays and weekends, unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.
During periods when weather or other conditions are unfavorable for construction, the
Contractor shall pursue only such portions of the work as shall not be damaged thereby. No
portions of the work whose acceptable quality or efficiency will be affected by any unfavorable
conditions shall be constructed while those conditions exist. It is expressly understood and agreed
by and between the Contractor and the City that the Contract time for completion of the work
described herein is a reasonable time taking into consideration the average climatic and economic
conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work.
9. Delay in Obtaining Materials:
No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the inability to obtain materials unless
the Contractor either obtains advance written approval from City Engineer or obtains from the
supplier and furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof that such materials could not be
obtained due to war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse
ATTACHMENT "C"
weather conditions necessitating the cessation of work, or other similar action of the elements.
The Contractor is required to order materials in a timely manner as specified in the "Instruction
to Bidders".
10. Contract Documents
The Contractor shall maintain at the job site one (1) set of Contract Documents to include Plans
& Specifications, Standard Plans, and Standard Specifications for Public Woks Construction. At the
end of each working day, the Contractor shall submit to the Inspector an accurate "as-built"
drawing of any changes that occurred from the approved plans and drawings, including Change
Order work, changed conditions in the field, and/or claimed extra work. The Contractor shall be
responsible to obtain the Inspector's written approval of the accuracy of said drawing. No invoice
will be accepted for processing until all work included therein is accurately shown on the record
drawings.
11. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to completely remove all "constru ction graffiti" (spray
paint or other marking for utilities, survey points and construction limits) prior to acceptance of
the work as completed.
12. The Contractor shall secure the project as well as the adjoining properties during the duration of
the project.
13. All cost for complying with the requirements of this subsection shall be included in the various
items of the bidding schedule unless specified otherwise.
B. CONSTRUCTION STAKING:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction staking.
2. Unless otherwise provided in the special provision, lines and grades for the construction shall be
the responsibility of the contractor, with the following provisions:
3. All work under this contract shall be built in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the
plans. Field survey for establishing these, and for the control of construction, shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. All such survey work including construction staking shall be done
on all items ordinarily requiring grade and alignment, at intervals normally accepted by the
agencies and trade involved.
4. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the office calculations and grade sheets to the City
Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the finished work, and shall notify
the Engineer, in writing, within 24 hours of any discrepancies, or design errors during the
construction staking.
5. All the Survey Monuments and Bench Marks removed and/or altered during the construction shall
be reset and certified "corner records" shall be submitted by the Land Surveyor, to the Engineer
prior to the final acceptance of the construction.
ATTACHMENT "C"
6. Payment for surveying, construction staking, setting of the Survey Monuments and Bench Marks,
preparing corner records, professional services, office and field calculations, furnishing all labor,
materials, equipment, tools and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved, shall be
considered as included in the items of work for which the surveying work is performed, and no
additional compensation will be allowed.
C. MATERIALS:
1. Material Specifications:
Whenever any material is specified by name and number thereof, such specifications shall be
deemed to be used for facilitating a description of the materials and establishing the quality of
the materials to be used. All materials shall be new and the best of their class and kind. No
substitution will be permitted which has not been approved in writing by the Engineer.
2. Material List:
3. A complete material list shall be submitted prior to performing any work. Catalog data and full
descriptive literature and manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions shall be
submitted whenever the use of items different than those specified is requested.
4. The material list shall be submitted using the following sample layout (double spaced between
each item).
Item No. Description Manufacturer Model Number
1. material ABC Corp. XXX
5. Approval of Substitutes:
6. Approval of any items, alternates or substitutes indicates only that the product(s) apparently meet
the requirements of the drawings and specifications based on the information and/or samples
submitted.
7. Contractor's Responsibility:
8. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the Contractor of liability under these Specifications.
Such warranties only shall supplement the Contractor's responsibility.
D. INSPECTION AND TESTING:
All work covered by this Contract Documents shall be inspected by the City Engineer. Request for
inspection service shall be made 24 hours in advance.
All materials furnished and all work performed under the Contract shall be subject to review and
approval by the City Engineer. Such review may include mill, plant, shop, nursery, or field inspection
ATTACHMENT "C"
as required. City Engineer shall be permitted access to all parts of the work, including plants where
materials are manufactured or fabricated, and shall be furnished with such materials, information and
assistance by the Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers as is required to make a complete
and detailed inspection.
The City will provide standard progress building and public works inspection at no cost to the
Contractor. Contractor shall arrange and pay for all other inspections required by ordinance or
governing authorities, including tests in connection therewith, as may be assigned to it in other
sections of the specifications.
Where required by the Building Code, specialty inspectors shall be provided by the City at no cost to
the contractor. The Contractor shall request specialty inspector at least forty-eight (48) hours in
advance of an anticipated inspection.
City shall perform compaction tests as required.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain Inspection in a timely manner prior to proceeding
with any phase of construction. The Contractor shall neither allow nor cause any of its work to be
covered or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested and approved by the Director of Public Works
and Development Services or his/her designee.
City Engineer will make, or have made, such inspections and tests as he deems necessary to see that
the work is being accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract. In the event,
such inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract, the
Contractor shall bear the cost of such corrective measures deemed necessary by the Director of Public
Works and Development Services or his/her designee, as well as the cost of the subsequent re-
inspection and re-testing. It shall be understood and agreed that the inspection or making of tests
shall not constitute an acceptance of any portion of the work nor relieve the Contractor from
compliance with the terms of the Contract.
Work done in the absence of prescribed inspection may be required to be removed and replaced
under the proper inspection, and the entire cost of removal and replacement, including the cost of all
materials which may be furnished by the City and used in the work thus removed, shall be borne by
the Contractor, regardless of whether the work removed is found to be defective or not. Work
covered without the authority of City Engineer shall, upon order of the City Engineer, be uncovered
to the extent required, and the Contractor shall similarly bear the entire cost of performing all the
work and furnishing all the materials necessary for the removal of the covering and its subsequent
replacement.
E. UTILITIES
1. Before starting work, the Contractor shall verify the locations and elevations of all existing utilities
by contacting Underground Service Alert at 811, at least 48 hours in advance. Existing utilities
have been carefully located and shown on Los Angeles Record office records plans provided by
utility companies. The Contractor shall notify the utility companies and agencies listed below
before beginning excavation and shall coordinate his work with them.
ATTACHMENT "C"
2. The Contractor shall provide coordination with all the utility companies involved and shall provide
protection from damage to their facilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for repair or
replacement to said facilities made necessary by its failure to provide required protection. The
Contractor is required to include utility requirements in the Construction Schedule.
3. The Contractor shall notify all utility agencies and owners of all facilities within the area of
construction a minimum of five (5) work days in advance of performing any work within said area.
4. The Contractor shall protect all utilities and other improvements which may be impaired during
construction operations. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain the actual location
of all existing utilities, including service laterals, and other improvements indicated on the
drawings that will be encountered in its construction operations, and to see that such utilities or
other improvements are adequately protected from damage due to such operations. The
Contractor shall take all possible precautions for the protection of unforeseen utility lines to
provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be directed by
the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to check all utility record maps, books, and/or other
data in the possession of the City, other agencies, and/or all utility companies, and no allowance
shall be made for any failure to have done so.
5. The utility companies and their contacts having facilities within or near the construction are listed
on Sheet 1 of the plans.
6. All cost for complying with the requirements of this subsection shall be included in the various
items of the bidding schedule unless specified otherwise.
F. TRAFFIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
1. The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, install and maintain such devices which are
necessary to provide safe and efficient passage for the traveling public through the work area, for
the safety of personnel present in the work area, and to minimize inconvenience.
2. All work and materials to implement construction staging and traffic control shall comply with the
California Manual of Uniform Traffic Controls Device (CA MUTCD). Signs, markings, striping,
barricades, delineators and all materials shall conform to applicable Caltrans standards and
specifications.
3. The use of flagmen may be required if deemed so by the City Engineer. Adequate flagmen,
construction signs barricades, delineators, and arrow boards shall be used to the satisfaction of
the City Engineer. Adequate traffic control shall be maintained at all times through the
construction zone.
4. Traffic control through the project area shall conform to the requirements of Section 7-10,
“Public Convenience and Safety,” (SSPWC).
5. The Contractor shall not allow traffic to travel on natural ground, subgrade, or aggregate base
ATTACHMENT "C"
material. Traffic must only be allowed on a firm asphalt surface. A temporary ac pavement may
be used for this reason to allow traffic.
6. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum of 5 feet clearance from th e vertical edge of
excavation.
7. The Contractor shall not be allowed to leave vertical edge over 1” within the street pavement
when the pavement is open to traffic except along the edge of gutter. Otherwise, the Contractor
shall construct temporary AC transition at edges including around the edges of utility structures.
The transition at traverse edge to through traffic shall be 6:1 slope, at longitudinal edge shall be
4:1 slope and at driveways ramped at 6:1 slope.
8. Ingress and egress of vehicle to all driveways shall be maintained at all time except when arranged
in advance by the Contractor with the respective residence.
9. The Contractor shall maintain one 10’ wide minimum traffic lane in each direction at all time.
10. The Contractor shall install, maintain, and remove all temporary delineators, barricades, lights,
warning signs and other facilities necessary to control traffic as specified in the CA MUTCD.
11. All traffic lanes shall be open at the end of working hours of each day, unless approved by the City
Engineer.
12. Payment for traffic control shall be included in various bid items of the Bid Schedule.
G. CLEARING AND GRUBBING
Clearing and grubbing shall conform to the requirements of Section 300-1 "Clearing and Grubbing",
(SSPWC). The Contractor shall incorporate the following exceptions, additions, or deletions to the
noted Section:
1. Subsection 300-1.1, “General”, (SSPWC), add the following:
Limits: The Contractor shall meet with the Inspector prior to making removals to verify the actual
limits of removals and locations of joins, to establish smooth joins and to assure proper drainage.
The Contractor may make minor changes in the location of joins and limits of removal, provided
a smooth join and proper drainage shall be achieved and it has obtained approval from the
Engineer.
2. Subsection 300-1.3.1, “Removal and Disposal General”, (SSPWC), add the following:
All material removed from the project shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
disposed offsite in a legal manner outside the property approve by the Engineer unless otherwise
by the Engineer.
CONTRACTOR shall remove and transport debris and rubbish in a manner that will prevent spillage
ATTACHMENT "C"
on streets or adjacent areas. Cleanup of spillage will be at CONTRACTOR’S expense.
Contractor shall not start any removal work within the street right of way unless it is prepared to
perform reconstruction work immediately without interruption from the time removals begun,
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
3. Subsection 300-1.3.2.a), “Bituminous Pavement”, (SSPWC), add the following
a.) The existing Street and parking lot AC pavement thickness is unknown and may vary. For
it is considered base material.
4. Subsection 300-1.3.2.c), “Concrete Curb, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Driveways, and Alley
Intersections”, (SSPWC), delete 1st sentence and replace by the following:
a.) Curb ramp is included in this subsection.
b.) Concrete shall be removed to a neatly sawed edge with saw cuts full depth. Removal
5. Subsection 300-1.4, “Payment”, (SSPWC), replace with the following:
Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be considered included in various bid items except for
other removal items as listed and described in the bid schedule.
Payment for other removal of existing items and described in the bid schedule, such as AC
pavement section, PCC Driveway, PCC Curb Ramp, Alley Intersection, block wall, and slot cut of
AC pavement shall be paid for at the contract unit price as indicated in the Bid Schedule and shall
be considered full compensation for complying with the applicable requirements of the contract
documents and shall include furnishing of labor, materials, equipment, sawcutting, removal,
excavation, hauling, disposing, protection of facilities, and incidentals for doing all the work
involved complete and no additional compensation allowed.
H. UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Unclassified excavation shall conform to the requirements of Section 300-2, “Unclassified Excavation”
(SSPWC).
1. Unclassified excavation shall conform to the requirements of Section 300-2, "Unclassified
Excavation" (SSPWC).
2. Add the following to Subsection 300-2.1, "General", (SSPWC);
a. Areas to receive fill shall be stripped of existing fill and any loose or soft earth materials until
firm and unyielding native subgrade is exposed. Limit of this excavation shall be determined
by the Engineer.
b. Unless noted otherwise, unclassified excavation shall include the removal of soils to meet
the proposed design grade and all removal of soil and subgrade soils to accommodate
ATTACHMENT "C"
construction of new pavement, PCC walk, curb and gutter, vegetated swale, gravel
bottomless trench, river rock ground cover and placement of amended and planting soil.
c. The onsite soil materials shall be used for engineered fill. But soil materials which are
unsuitable for engineered fill shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
disposed of offsite in a legal manner approved by the City Engineer.
3. Excess and unsuitable classified excavation shall be exported, disposed of offsite in a legal manner
approved by the Engineer.
4. Payment for Unclassified Excavation shall be paid per Cubic Yard (C.Y.) and shall be considered
full compensation for complying with the applicable requirements of the contract documents and
shall include furnishing of labor, materials, equipment, sawcutting, removal, excavation,
exporting excess excavation, hauling, disposing, protection of facilities, and incidentals for doing
all the work involved complete and no additional compensation allowed.
I. UNCLASSIFIED FILL
1. Unclassified fill shall conform to the requirements of Section 300-4, “Unclassified Fill” (SSPWC).
2. Add the following to Subsection 300-4, "Unclassified Fill", (SSPWC);
a. All areas to receive fill and backfill shall be 8” to 12” scarified and moisture-conditioned to
the optimum moisture content and recompact to a minimum of 90 percent relative
compaction.
b. Placing of fill soil materials shall be in lifts of 6” inches to 8” inches.
c. The scarification, benching and compaction of soil shall be considered included in the cost of
placing fill. Scarifying
d. Fill or backfill and compaction of soil shall be paid per cubic yard in the applicable bid item.
3. Payment for Unclassified Fill shall be paid for at the contract unit price per Cubic Yard (C.Y.) and
shall be considered full compensation for complying with the applicable requirements of the
contract documents and shall include furnishing of labor, materials, equipment, scarifying,
compacting and incidentals for doing all the work involved complete and no additional
compensation allowed.
J. SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIAL
1. Preparation of the subgrade shall conform to the requirements of Section 301 -1, "Subgrade
Preparation", (SSPWC).
2. Subsection 301-1.2 "Preparation of Subgrade", (SSPWC), add the following:
ATTACHMENT "C"
Prior to placement of new pavement section in the reconstruction areas, the exposed subgrade
shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 6 inches, moisture conditioned, to the optimum moisture
content and re-compacted to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction.
3. Subsection 301-2.1, “Untreated Base - General”, (SSPWC), add the following:
a. Base for AC Pavement Section shall be 6” Crushed Aggregate Base.
b. Base for PCC sidewalk and curb and gutter shall be 6” scarified natural grade.
c. The Contractor shall not be allowed to use slag nor reuse the existing roadway base in the
new pavement section.
4. Payment for the preparation of subgrade for sidewalk, curb, curb ramp and AC pavement Crushed
Aggregate Base shall be considered included in the cost of the item requiring subgrade preparation.
K. ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT SECTION
The Contractor shall incorporate the following exceptions, additions or deletions to Section 302-5,
“Asphalt Concrete Pavement”, (SSPWC):
1. Subsection 302-5.1, “General”, (SSPWC), add the following:
The new Parking Lot AC pavement section shall consist of 4 inches type B2-PG 64-10 over 6 inches
of Crushed Aggregate Base. The exposed subgrade shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 6”
and moisture conditioned re-compacted to 90 percent relative compaction.
2. Subsection 302-5.9, “Measurement and Payment”, (SSPWC), replace 1st paragraph of subsection
with the following:
a. Payment to Construct Type B-PG 64-10 AC pavement shall be paid for at the contract unit
price per TON and shall be considered full compensation for complying with the applicable
requirements of the contract documents and shall include furnishing of labor, materials,
equipment and incidentals for doing all the work involved complete and no additional
compensation allowed.
b. Payment to Construct Crushed Aggregate Base shall be paid for at the contract unit price
per TON and shall be considered full compensation for complying with the applicable
requirements of the contract documents and shall include furnishing of labor, materials,
equipment, scarifying, compacting and incidentals for doing all the work involved complete
and no additional compensation allowed.
I. CONCRETE SIDEWALK, CURB AND GUTTER, DRIVEWAY, CURB RAMPS AND ALLEY INTERSECTION
1. All concrete shall be Class 520-C-2500, in accordance with Section 201-1.1.2, "Concrete Specified
by Class", (SSPWC) unless note otherwise on the plan.
ATTACHMENT "C"
2. All concrete sidewalk, curb and gutter, curb ramp and alley intersection construction shall be in
accordance with Section 303-5, (SSPWC).
3. Payment for these items of work shall be at the contract unit price per square foot, lineal foot,
lumpsum or unit item, as applicable, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor,
material, tools and equipment, hauling and disposal, scarifying of subgrade and incidentals for
doing all the work involved complete and no additional compensation allowed.
J. PARKING LOT LIGHTING
The Contractor shall furnish labor, equipment and materials to construct new street lights.
1. Location
Approximate location of new lights is as shown on the plans and final location shall be determined by
the Engineer during construction.
2. Conduit and Conductors
1. Conduit
a. Rigid metal galvanized conduit shall conform to Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc., standards
for rigid steel conduit.
b. Materials shall be recognized by the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as having suitable
characteristics when property formed and treated, including rigid polyvinyl chloride
(Schedule 40) for underground use, and rigid polyvinyl chloride (Schedule 80)-for use
above ground and passing under roadways. PVC conduit shall be grey in color.
c. Conduit or duct shall be placed at the following depths below grade:
a All electrical conduits shall be constructed by open trench 24” below finished
grade.
b Conduit shall be 1-1/4" diameter schedule 80.
c All conduit in the base of the poles shall lean toward the hand hole and the ends
shall not extend more than 3/4" above the bottom of the hand hole nor be
terminated more than 2' below ' the bottom of the hand hole.
d Conduit shall be bent without crimping or flattening and shall have a radius of at
least 6 times the diameter of the conduit.
2. Conductors
a.) Shall be copper and installed in conduit.
ATTACHMENT "C"
b.) Shall be No. 8 AWG and No. 10 as shown on the plan
c.) Splices shall be made only in pull boxes, pole bases or service panels, and shall be
covered with acceptable insulating material equal in value to that of the conductors and
painted with P and B paint or an approved equal.
3. BONDING AND GROUNDING
a.) Lighting systems shall provide for electrical ground continuity.
b.) Systems utilizing metallic conduit shall have all conduit, electroliers, and all metallic
components of the system bonded to each other.
c.) Systems utilizing nonmetallic conduit shall have a continuous conductor bonding together all
street lights, and all metallic components of the system.
d.) Bonding conductors shall be solid copper wire with a minimum cross-sectional area equal to
No. 8 AWG, or larger. All connections shall utilize UL approved ground clamps and brass nuts
and bolts. One bonding conductor in each concrete street light base shall be looped up to a
point to 2 inches above the bottom of the hand hole opening.
e.) Systems shall be bonded to a ground electrode at the service neutral, and at such additional
locations as may be specified by the City Engineer.
f.) Bonding at street lighting standards and service pedestals shall be by means of a bonding wire
connecting the conduit (or conduit ground wire) to the anchor bolts or ground electrode as
the case may be.
g.) Grounding of metal conduit, service equipment, and the grounded conductor at service
point shall be accomplished as required by the National Electrical Code and serving utility.
h.) For bonding purposes in all non-metallic type conduit, a bare or green insulated No. 8 copper
wire shall be run continuously. Insulation must be stripped back a minimum of 10 inches
at termination.
i.) Bonding of metallic conduit in concrete pull 1 boxes shall be by means of galvanized grounding
bushings and bonding jumpers.
4. SERVICE AND FEED POINTS
1. Electrical service (Service Enclosure) shall be Pacific Utility Products Metered Pedestal,
Type III-AF or approved equal and shall be constructed per Caltrans STD Plan ES-2D.
2. The service enclosure shall be located and installed per SCE coordination and instruction.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to notify and coordinate it with SCE.
5. INSPECTION AND TESTING
ATTACHMENT "C"
1. All street lighting systems shall be inspected by the Engineer.
2. Shall be tested for the following:
1.) Work shall be tested for continuity of each circuit and grounds in each circuit.
2.) A megger test at 500 volts DC shall be made on each circuit between the circuit and a
ground. The insulation resistance shall be not less than 10 megohms on all circuits.
3.) A functional test in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the system
functions as specified or intended.
4.) All lighting equipment shall be energized under as near actual service conditions as
possible for three successive nights. During the third night of the test, all circuits shall
be patrolled at least once by the contractor, and any inoperative equipment replaced
or repaired.
5.) Any fault in any material or in any part of the installation, which may be revealed by
these tests shall be corrected by the contractor in a manner approved by the City
Engineer and the same tests shall be related.
6. PULL BOXES
Pull boxes, covers and extensions shall be pre-cast reinforced Portland Cement Concrete (PCC).
Plastic pull boxes shall not be used.
Pull box covers shall be marked "LIGHT". The marking shall be clearly defined and uniform in depth
and may be placed parallel to either the long or short side of the cover. Covers shall be marked in
accordance with Section 86-2.06B, "Cover Marking," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Covers shall be provided with at least one recessed lifting bolt or bar as shown in the Standard
Plans. The lifting bolts or bars shall be designed so as not to provide a path for electrical current
to follow through the lid.
7. LIGHTING
a. Parking light standard shall be "SUB#CS-0034-16 Element-Series" parking lot light standard or
approved equal and shall include concrete foundation as shown on the plan.
b. Parking bollard light shall be "SUB#CS-0020-12 ELE-Bollard Lighting or approved equal and shall
include concrete foundation as shown on the plan.
c. Accent flood light shall be “Model 1057-GG-WF-30-C-MV-ND-HS (Standard)" inground Accent
Floodlight complete with JB-300 Junction Box or approved equal.
d. Lighting shall be installed per manufacturers specifications/
ATTACHMENT "C"
8. PAYMENT
a. Payment to Install Pacific Utility Product Metered Pedestal, Type III-AF Service Equipment
Enclosure shall be paid for at the contract unit price per EACH (EA) and shall be considered
full compensation for complying with the applicable requirements of the contract
documents and shall include concrete foundation, conduits and conductors, notify and
coordinate with SCE, materials, tools and equipment, hauling and disposal and incidentals
for doing all the work complete and fully operational and no additional compensation will be
allowed.
b. Payment to Install "SUB#CS-0034-16 Element-Series" parking lot light standard including
concrete foundation conduits, conductors, pull boxes, sweeps shall be paid for at the
contract unit price per EACH (EA) and shall be considered full compensation for complying
with the applicable requirements of the contract documents to include materials, tools,
equipment, hauling and disposal and incidentals for doing all the work complete and fully
operational and no additional compensation will be allowed.
c. Payment to Install "SUB#CS-0020-12 ELE-Bollard” Lighting including concrete foundation,
conduits, conductors, pull boxes, sweeps shall be paid for at the contract unit price per EACH
(EA) and shall be considered full compensation for complying with the applicable
requirements of the contract documents to shall include sweeps, materials, tools,
equipment, hauling and disposal and incidentals for doing all the work complete and fully
operational and no additional compensation will be allowed.
d. Payment to Install Model 1057-GG-WF-30-C-MV-ND-HS (Standard)" Inground Accent
Floodlight complete with JB-300 Junction Box including conduits, conductors, pull boxes,
sweeps shall be paid for at the contract unit price per EACH (EA) and shall be considered full
compensation for complying with the applicable requirements of the contract documents to
shall include materials, tools, equipment, hauling and disposal and incidentals for doing all
the work complete and fully operational and no additional compensation will be allowed.
K. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, materials and equipment required to
complete the work of installing a fully functioning landscape irrigation system in accordance
with the Plans and these specifications. All materials and components used shall be new and
without flaws or defects and of quality and performance as specified. Prior to installation of
any irrigation work, the Contractor shall submit for approval by the City a list of all materials
and components the Contractor proposes to use.
Should the Contractor propose to use material(s) or components other than those shown on
the Plans, the Contractor shall submit in writing, to the City a request to deviate from the
Plans. Samples of the material(s) or components shall accompany the request in order to
ATTACHMENT "C"
assist City in the evaluation of the proposed substitution. The burden of proof shall be borne
by the Contractor.
B. The Plans are diagrammatic. All irrigation equipment shall be located in approximate areas
shown. Conflicts with existing conditions or proposed plantings shall be resolved in the field.
Contractor shall notify City of conflicts which the resolution of which, in the Contractor’s
judgment, would cause a substantial deviation from the design intent, would pose a public
threat or hazard, or would increase project cost.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and
the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section.
1.3 GUARANTEE
A. All work shall be guaranteed against all defects in workmanship, materials, and equipment
for one (1) year from date of final inspection. All problems related to these defects and
called to the attention of the Contractor by the City during this period, shall be corrected by
Contractor within 14 days of notification at no charge to City.
B. City shall have the right to make emergency repairs without relieving the Contractor of his
guarantee obligation. If any site trips by Landscape Architect are required by City during
guarantee period because of irrigation system problems, Landscape Architect shall be paid
in advance by Contractor at a rate of $225.00/hour. This guarantee also covers sinking of
trenching below adjacent grade, and breaking or settlement of paving and other structures
and planting due to sinking of trenching.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of domestic manufacture when practicable.
2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Rigid PVC pipe and fittings:
1. All pipe shall be NSF-IPS extruded 100% Polyvinyl Chloride, Type I, Grade II, Class 1120
material. It shall be marked with date of extrusion, manufacturer's name, size, PVC 1120,
or pressure rating in P.S.I. and comply with ASTM D2411; solvent weld sockets.
2. All plastic fittings shall be molded, type I/II, Schedule 40, NSF approved and comply with
ASTM D2466. All couplings shall be made from taper-reamed extruded stock.
3. All solvent shall be as recommended by manufacturer and comply with ASTM D2564 and
SCAQMD Rule 1168/316a.
B. Flexible PVC pipe and fittings
ATTACHMENT "C"
1. All pipe shall be extruded from flexible vinyl chloride conforming to ASTM D2287 and be
algae-resistant type.
2. All plastic fittings shall be molded, Type I/II, Schedule 40, NSF approved and comply with
ASTM D2466.
3. All solvent shall be "IPS Weld-on 2795" or approved equal, and comply with SCAQMD
Rule 1168/316a.
C. Polyethylene pipe and fittings
1. All pipe shall be extruded from 100% Union Carbide #7510 material and conforming to
ASAE standard 5435.
D. Copper pipe and fittings buried away from building:
1. All pipe shall be Type K, ASTM B88 annealed with wrought copper fittings, lead-free
soldered joints, and/or compression joints.
E. Copper pipe and fittings above grade:
1. All pipe shall be type L, ASTM B88 annealed with wrought copper fittings, lead-free
soldered joints, and/or compression joints.
F. Brass pipe and fittings:
1. All pipe shall be IPS standard weight 85% red brass con forming to ASTM B43. Fittings
shall be with standard 125-pound cast bronze threaded fittings.
2. 3 SPRINKLER HEADS
A. Sprinkler heads shall be of the type and size as shown on the Plans.
2.4 DRIP EMITTERS
A. Drip emitters, either as separate components or inserted in polyethylene tubing during
manufacture, shall be of the type and flow amount as shown on the Plans.
2.5 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES, PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES, BALL VALVES, AND QUICK
COUPLING VALVES
A. All valves shall be of the type and size as shown on the Plans.
2.6 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE
A. Backflow Prevention device shall be of the type and size indicated on the Plans. Device shall
meet standards set by state of California, California Administrative Code, Title 17 -
‘Regulations Relating to Cross Connections’.
B. Backflow Prevention device shall be fitted with resilient seated test cocks, and with resilient
seated shut-off valves capable of isolating the device from the rest of the irrigation system.
C. All risers, unions, elbows and nipples shall be red brass, bronze or copper.
ATTACHMENT "C"
2.7 CONTROLS
A. Each automatic controller shall be of the type and size as indicated on the Plans.
B. Controller housing shall be of the type and size as shown on the Plans.
C. Control wire: All wiring to be used for connecting the automatic controller to the automatic
valves shall be Type UF-600V, 7-strand or solid copper, PVC insulation, single conductor, UL
approved underground feeder cable. Each pilot or "hot" wire shall be black or color coded
with the common wire being white.
2.8 VALVE BOXES
A. All valve boxes shall be of the type and size as shown on the Plans.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be
performed. Contractor shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion
of the work. Contractor shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. Point of connection: This is shown at its approximate location on the Plans. Exact location
must be verified on site.
C. If conditions are encountered during the course of work that are in conflict with the Plans,
Landscape Architect shall be notified immediately before any work is done. If this procedure
is not followed, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any on-site adjustments
necessary to make the system operate adequately at no additional cost to City or Landscape
Architect.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Piping layout indicated on the drawings is diagrammatic only. Route piping to avoid plants
and structures.
B. All pipe and equipment shall be installed in planted areas. If shown in paved areas on the
drawing it is for clarity only unless noted otherwise on the Plan. Piping shown in paved areas
shall be installed in sleeves according to detail on the Plans.
C. Irrigation pipes and equipment shall be installed so as not to prevent or make
difficult planting and construction shown on construction and planting plans.
D. Actual location of automatic controller(s) shall be verified with Landscape Architect.
E. Contractor shall provide record drawings to the City and Landscape Architect upon
completion of the system. These drawings shall be done on a reproducible media and shall
clearly show all locations of control valves, gate valves, quick coupler valves, check valves,
ATTACHMENT "C"
backflow preventers, and automatic controllers by triangulated dimensions from fixed
objects such as walks and building corners. These drawings shall be approved by the
Landscape Architect before final payment is issued to Contractor.
F. An operating chart shall be provided to the Landscape Architect upon completion of the
system. This chart shall clearly show each area that each station of the controller operates
(in case of more than one controller, provide an operating chart for each controller). This
chart shall be done in the following manner:
1. Reduce record drawings to a size that will fit on the inside of the controller door.
2. Color, with contrasting colors, the areas covered by each valve. Use colored pencils or
ink markers.
3. Obtain Landscape Architect's approval of chart.
4. Laminate chart in 10 mil plastic.
3.3 ASSEMBLIES
A. These shall be set forth on detail drawings. If details are absent for specific assemblies, these
assemblies shall be done in accordance with Contractor's recommendations after these
recommendations are discussed with the Landscape Architect. Teflon tape or dope shall be
used on all male pipe threads of control valve, swing joints and backflow assemblies.
3.4 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Large specimen plants shall be planted prior to trenching.
B. Contractor shall hand trench around roots to pipe grade when roots two inches in diameter
or greater are encountered. Minimum width of any trench shall be four inches, or 1.5 times
the diameter of pipe, whichever is greater. Backfill and re-compact over any excavation. If
rock is encountered, excavate four inches deeper and backfill to pipe grade with well-graded
sand. Keep trenches even and free of obstructions and debris that may damage pip e. Do
not mix sub-soil with top-soil.
C. Sand encasement for all irrigation pipe, direct burial control wire and electrical conduit shall
be plaster or mortar sand per section 200 of the Standard Specifications, with a minimum
sand equivalent of 50.
3.5 PIPING
A. All pipes shall have a minimum of 6" clearance from each other and pipes from
other trades.
B. All pressure pipe 4” diameter and smaller shall have the correct sized concrete thrust block
installed at every abrupt change of alignment; at ball valves, at tees, elbows and crosses, and
at ends of pipe runs or wherever the field engineer deems one to be necessary. Thrust blocks
are to be installed per standard drawings or APWA standards and sized accordingly for the
size of pipe.
C. Plastic pipe shall be cut square, externally chamfered with all burrs and fins removed.
ATTACHMENT "C"
D. Solvent welded joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D2855. The solvent
recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.
E. No solvent shall be used from cans that have been opened overnight.
F. Plastic pipe installation shall be in accordance with ASTM D2774 and the requirements
herein.
G. Care shall be exercised in assembling a pipeline with solvent welded joints so that stress on
previously made joints is avoided. Handling of the pipe following jointing shall not occur
prior to the set times specified in ASTM D2855.
H. Solvent shall be applied to pipe ends in such a manner that no material is deposited on the
interior surface of the pipe or extruded into the interior of the pipe during jointing.
I. Threaded pipe joints shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon dope. Solvent shall not be
used with threaded joints.
J. Plastic pipe that has been nicked, scarred or otherwise damaged shall be removed and
replaced. Plastic pipe shall be snaked from side to side in the trench to allow for 1 foot of
expansion and contraction per 100 feet of straight run.
K. The pipeline shall not be exposed to water for 24 hours after the last solvent weld has been
made.
L. Where pipes of dissimilar metals are joined, connection shall be made with dielectric fitting.
3.6 FLUSHING
A. Pressure and non-pressure lines shall be thoroughly flushed before installation of equipment
and heads.
3.7 PRESSURE TESTING
A. All pressure lines shall be tested under hydrostatic pressure of 125 psi and all non-pressure
lines under existing static pressure for a minimum of 4 hours.
B. If leaks develop, repair and repeat pressure test until system is water tight.
3.8 BACKFILLING
A. Pressure lines and control wiring shall have a minimum cover of 21".
B. Non-pressure lines shall have a minimum of 15" cover unless otherwise noted.
C. Lateral piping shall have a minimum cover of 24" and pressure lines shall have a minimum
cover of 30” under vehicle bearing paving.
ATTACHMENT "C"
D. All piping under asphalt or concrete paving shall be installed in sleeves. No hydraulic driving
shall be permitted under paving. If contractor is unable to locate any sleeve, he shall notify
Landscape Architect immediately.
E. Initial backfill (first 6") shall be plaster or mortar sand per se ction 200 of the Standard
Specifications, with a minimum sand equivalent of 50.
F. Backfill shall be compacted in lifts of no more than 6" in height and to a density comparable
to adjacent grade.
G. Top of backfill shall conform to adjacent grades without sunken areas, humps or other
irregularities.
3.9 ADJUSTMENTS
A. All back drainage of heads shall be stopped with "Valcon ADV" check valves, or approved
equal, in riser. Adjust to minimize pressure loss.
B. Heads shall be flushed and adjusted to prevent over spray onto adjacent paving and/or
structures as much as possible.
3.10 DRIP IRRIGATION
A. Layout: Layout drip tubing after plants have been planted and in such a manner so that the
tubing will pass each plant, as per detail on the Plans. If Netafim, or equal, product with pre-
inserted emitters during manufacturing, has been specified contractor shall space the tubing
per the on center dimensions stated on the Plans.
B. Cutting: The drip tubing shall be cut so as to leave a smooth and even square end with no
burrs.
C. Compression & Barb Coupling joints:
1. Remove any burrs from both the inside and outside of the tubing and the fittings.
2. Remove dirt, grease and moisture from tubing and fitting.
3. Force tubing into or over fittings with a constant circular motion so that tubing is fully
seated in or on fitting.
D. Punching holes:
1. Holes, for installation of emitters, should be made with a punch of the correct size and
as recommended by the manufacturer of the emitters specified on the Plans.
2. Holes should be made when the hose or tubing is cool; if necessary, cold water shall be
run through the hose/tubing prior to punching.
3. Use a steady twisting motion when punching holes in hose/tubing and maintain a 90
degree angle to the hose/tubing with the punching tool.
E. Stapling: Loosely fix drip tubing to grade with 6” steel jute staples so that tubing will
lay flat and be covered entirely by mulching. Do not make the staples so tight that
they crimp the tube. Use just enough staples to hold tubing in position or to maintain proper
ATTACHMENT "C"
spacing.
3.11 COMPLETION AND CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the drip and spray irrigation system, and prior to mulching, Contractor
shall demonstrate the system for City Representative from the irrigation controller by
turning on each station and pointing it out on the corresponding color coded chart required
in Section 3.2 – F. Contractor shall leave the entire job area in a neat and acceptable
condition such as to meet the approval of the City.
L. LANDSCAPE PLANTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide trees, shrubs and groundcover as shown on the Plans, as specified herein and as
needed for a complete and proper installation. The Plans are diagrammatic. All plant
material locations shown are approximate. The Landscape Architect has prepared the plant
legend on the Plans only as a convenience to the Contractor and assumes no responsibility
for its accuracy. The Contractor is to verify all quantities and sizes. Contractor shall inform
City immediately of any discrepancies between quantities and symbols shown.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and
the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
B. Plant materials shall be certified by State or Federal Depts. of Agriculture, be free from
hazardous insects or apparent disease, and be thoroughly rooted but not root-bound or
overgrown in containers.
C. Plant materials shall be furnished in the quantities and/or spacing specified and shall be of
the genus, species and size indicated in the plant legend of the Plans. Substitution of any
such indicated plant materials shall not be permitted unless specifically a pproved by the
Landscape Architect. Landscape Architect shall select and tag all plant material in 20" box
size or larger.
1. 3 MAINTENANCE AND GUARANTEE
A. Maintenance shall begin at final inspection and acceptance of installation by City, and extend
for a period of 90 days. Maintenance shall include keeping installation clean and free of
weeds, trash and debris as well as maintaining plant material.
B. All plant material shall be guaranteed for a period of six (6) months. All specimen material
20" box size and larger shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year.
ATTACHMENT "C"
C. Replacements: All plant material deteriorating or dying within the guarantee period shall be
replaced as many times as necessary, and approved by City, with plant material the same
size and species as specified or as directed by landscape architect, with a new warranty
commencing on date of replacement, and at no cost to City.
D. Inspection by City and Contractor shall be made at the end of the 90 day maintenance period
and the guarantee periods. Contractor shall set-up a time with City for these inspections and
shall make corrections to the installation resulting from these inspections promptly and at
no expense to City.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FERTILIZER
A. Fertilizer shall be of type and quantity specified herein or as recommended by soil testing
laboratory.
2.2 SOIL AMENDMENT
A. Soil amendment shall be of type and quantity specified herein or as recommended by soil
testing laboratory.
2.3 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil shall be Class A, as designated in the ‘Green Book’, and shall be deemed suitable for
use by City. At least fifteen (15) days prior to use the proposed source of topsoil must be
submitted to City for approval. Contractor shall submit a written request for approval which
shall be accompanied by a written report of a testing agency registered by the State for
agricultural soil evaluation which states that the proposed source complies with ‘Green
Book’ specifications for topsoil designated Class A.
2.4 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be of type specified herein.
2.5 TREE STAKES AND GUYS
A. Tree stakes and guys shall be of types specified in Detail Drawings.
2.6 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper
installation as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the City.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SITE CONDITIONS
ATTACHMENT "C"
A. Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be
performed. Contractor shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion
of the Work, not proceeding until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. Prior to execution for planting, or placing of any stakes, Contractor shall locate all utilities,
electrical cables, conduits, sprinkler lines, heads, valves and valve control wires so that
proper precautions may be taken not to damage any such improvements. In the event of
any conflict between plant locations and any such improvements, Contractor shall promptly
notify Landscape Architect. If this procedure is not followed, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for any on-site adjustments necessary to make the installation perform
adequately at no additional cost to City.
3.2 SOIL TESTING
A. A soil test shall be performed prior to soil preparation. Contractor shall submit a soils
analysis report with recommendations from a licensed laboratory to City prior to beginning
work. Recommendations from soils lab shall be followed prior to any planting, if
recommendations deviate from specifications herein.
3.3 SOIL PREPARATION
A. Imported topsoil, fill dirt and amended soil, as per specifications for planted areas, shall be
clean, free of weeds, rocks and debris, and must have a pH range of 5.6 to 7.6 and an ECE
less than 4.0 MMHOS/CM, as determined by soil analysis, and shall be thoroughly
incorporated into existing soil.
B. Finish grade shall conform to overall drainage pattern and be 1.5" below surface of adjacent
paving, and, in no event, be less than 6" below building ground floor slab elevation.
C. Before and during preliminary and final grading, all weeds and grasses shall be sprayed with
a non-selective herbicide, as per manufacturer’s specifications. Contractor shall obtain
approval by the City prior to application of any herbicide, insecticide, fungicide o r other
chemicals to be used on site. At least ten (10) days after the herbicide is applied, or as per
manufacturer’s specifications, planters shall be cleared and grubbed and the debris shall be
disposed of off site at Contractors expense.
D. All planting areas shall be tilled to a depth of 10" below grade. All rocks and debris more
than 2" in diameter shall be removed from the site.
E. Soil amendments shall be spread evenly over site as recommended in soils report and tilled
into native soil as specified in D above.
F. Finish grade shall be a smooth, even and uniform plane without abrupt change of surface,
and shall conform to the Plans. Grading shall be done when soil is at optimum moisture
content for working.
3.4 PLANTING
ATTACHMENT "C"
A. Plants shall not be permitted to dry-out before or during the planting process. Spot trees
and shrubs as shown on the Plans. Trees planted within 5 feet of curbs or paving require
root barriers as per the details on the Plans.
B. Tree and shrub pits shall be 1.5 times as wide and as deep as the plant container. Tree pits
shall be dug square with leveled bottoms.
C. Fill planting hole with water and allow to drain.
D. Backfill material shall be a thoroughly blended mixture of one (1) part Type 1 soil amendment
and two (2) parts native soil. Gro-Power tablets, or approved equal, shall be planted with all
container plants as per manufacturer's instructions and Detail Drawings.
E. All plants shall be properly root-pruned, centered in pits, and set so that, when settled, they
will be level with final surrounding grade.
F. A 3" high berm shall be constructed around the perimeter of each plant pit. The pit shall be
then filled with water, allowed to soak, and filled again. Prior to installation of drip irrigation
tubing these berms shall be raked level with the surrounding grade.
G. Following completion of planting and drip irrigation, a 3" minimum layer of Type 1 mulch,
per the ‘Green Book’, shall be applied to all planter surfaces as shown on the Plans. Mulch
shall be packaged in bales or bags unless City or Landscape Architect approves a bulk source
in advance of delivery to the Site.
3.5 STAKING AND GUYING
A. All trees shall be staked or guyed immediately after the tree is planted, as per detail, and
taking care that the root ball of the tree is not injured.
3.6 CLEAN-UP
B. Upon completion of the contracted work, Contractor shall remove all rubbish, trash and
debris resulting from the operations, remove unused equipment and implements of service,
and leave the entire area involved in a neat and acceptable condition such as to meet the
approval of the City.
M. CONCRETE FORMWORK (Section 03 10 00)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTON
A. Furnish and place formwork for horizontal and vertical cast-in-place structural concrete,
"Standard Grade" complete.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
ATTACHMENT "C"
1. Section 03 20 00 - Reinforcing Steel.
2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.
3. Embedded anchors, inserts, hangers, bolt and structural steel shapes shown or specified.
4. Built-in sleeves, flashings, reglets, door frames, anchors and related items.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Except as modified herein, and/or detailed on the Drawings, all work included in this Section
shall conform to the applicable provisions of the following codes and standards (latest edition)
except where more stringent requirements are specified.
B. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, Chapter 4.
C. ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
D. ACI 117, Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.
E. ANSI A48.1, “Types and Sizes of Forms for One-Way Concrete Joist Construction.
1.3 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES
A. Variation from line and dimension for footings:
1. Plus 1/2 inch.
2. Minus 1/2 inch.
B. Variation from levels or designated grades for slabs, soffits, footings, and conspicuous lines: In
10 feet: 1/4 inch.
C. Variations from plumb in lines, and surfaces of walls, control joint grooves and other
conspicuous lines:
1. In 10 feet: 1/4 inch.
2. In any story or 20 feet maximum: 3/8 inch.
D. Variation of linear building lines from established position:
1. Plus 1/4 inch.
2. Minus 1/4 inch.
E. Variation in thickness of slabs:
1. Minus 1/4 inch.
2. Plus 1/4 inch.
F. Variation in surface tolerance: In 10 feet in any direction measured with a 10-foot straightedge:
1/4 inch.
G. Cast-in-bolts: 1/2-inch in any direction.
1.4 FORMWORK CRITERIA
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to Code
requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimensions.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Provide forms complete and of such strength and adequately braced so as to prevent any
spreading, shifting or settling when concrete is placed to ensure finished concrete surfaces of
the required tolerances.
C. Forms shall be tight to prevent leakage or washing out of cement mortar from concrete.
D. Bolts, rods, and other devices when used for internal ties and spreaders shall be of such
construction that when the forms are removed, no metal shall be within 1 inch of the exterior
concrete surfaces or within 1/2 inch of interior concrete surfaces.
E. Form and shoring design shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. All forms and shoring
shall be designed and detailed by a Civil Engineer licensed in the State of California. The design
shall be in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 347. Ensure that the various members
are not stressed more than allowed by the ACI for the material used.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings to show location and layout of construction joints, slab edges, form
joints, locations of tie holes or plugs, location of embedded items and blockouts, and all related
details affecting Architectural quality.
B. Review of shop drawings is of a general nature only, and responsibility for conformance with
intent of drawings shall remain with the Contractor. Review does not imply or state that
fabricator has correctly interpreted the construction documents.
C. Formwork details affecting Architectural finish quality shall be reviewed by the Architect.
D. Integrity of the forming system shall be reviewed by the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Framing: At contractor option subject to meeting necessary strengths and surface tolerances.
B. Forming Materials:
1. Smooth Form Finish: Forms may be any of the following at Contractor option except use
only one type throughout. It is intended that forms shall impart a smooth uniform
appearance to the concrete without mottles and color variations caused by non-uniform
absorption of moisture.
a. Metal.
b. Fiberglass reinforced resin plastic.
c. APA High-Density Overlay (HDO) Plyform, Class I or II as per strength requirements.
d. Plastic surfaced birch plywood; "Finn Form".
e. APA Plyform, Grade B-B, Class I or II as required, with factory applied plastic resin
coating or with shop or field applied resin coating as specified herein.
2. Rough Form Finish: 5/8-inch 5-ply B-B plyform, Class 1, conforming to US Product Standards
PS-1.
3. For exposed surfaces not otherwise specified use Special exterior Type Douglas Fir, Grade
AB plywood, conforming to NBS PS-1, minimum 3/4 in. thick and constructed so that
ATTACHMENT "C"
finished concrete will be straight, smooth, dense, free from honeycombs, bulges, or
depressions. Keep joints between plywood sections to a minimum and make tight and
strongly backed so that adjoining edges remain flush and true. Unsightly joint marks will
not be permitted. Cover joints on exposed surfaces with smooth-faced vinyl tape.
4. For concrete joists or waffle slabs, use metal or molded fiberglass reinforced plastic of
required type and size, carefully fitted and aligned. For areas exposed to view, use new
forms or specially selected forms.
5. For cylindrical columns and supports use metal, fiberglass-reinforced plastic.
6. Chamfer Strips: Clear Douglas fir or pine, selected straight, milled on all faces or extruded
polyvinyl chloride specially produced for concrete work; Vinylex Corp., Preco Industries,
Vulcan Metal Products. Material usage shall be consistent for each application.
C. Form Sealer (Wood Forms): All form sealers shall be of a type which will not harmfully affect
the appearance and/or utility of the concrete surface or the application of sealers, paint, vinyl
fabric or any other finishes. In addition, form sealer shall prevent the development of bond or
adhesion to concrete.
2.2 FORM HARDWARE
A. All form ties shall be a type which does not leave an open hole through the concrete and which
permits neat and solid patching at every hole.
B. When forms are removed, all metal shall be not less than one inch from the surface.
C. Do not use wire ties and wood spreaders.
2.3 FORM RELEASE AGENTS
A. Form release agents shall not discolor or change texture of finished concrete surface or inhibit
proper application of any surface finishes or bonding agents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Forms shall be constructed so as to form final concrete structure which conforms to shape,
lines and dimensions of members required by drawings and specifications, and shall be
substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly braced or
tied together to maintain position and shape. Forms and their supports shall be designed so
that previously placed structures will not be damaged. Forms shall be true to line within 1/250
of the span.
3.2 ERECTION
A. Plywood shall be laid out with horizontal joints level, vertical joints plumb and with all joints
tight. Back all joints by studs or solid blocking, and fill where necessary for smoothness. Reused
plywood shall be thoroughly cleaned, damaged edges or surfaces repaired and both sides and
edges oiled with colorless form oil. Nail plywood along edges, and to intermediate supports,
with common wire nails spaced as necessary to maintain alignment and prevent warping.
B. Openings For Cleaning: Provide temporary openings at all points in formwork deemed
necessary by the District Inspector to facilitate cleaning and inspection. At base of walls and
ATTACHMENT "C"
wide piers, bottom form board on one face for entire length shall be omitted until form has
been cleaned, inspected and approved.
C. Provide 3/4-inch chamfers at all vertical edges unless shown otherwise.
3.3 Construction
A. Tape all joints at forms for sandblasted finished concrete, including joints between plywood
and trim strips.
B. Provide 3/4-inch chamfers at all vertical edges unless shown or noted otherwise.
C. Make all form panel joints, tight butt joints with all edges true and square.
D. Do not install inside forms until reinforcing installation has been reviewed and approved.
E. Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, form-coating compound before
reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in forms or
to come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be
placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations.
F. Textures: Except as noted under Concrete Finishes, the forms will be smooth and impair no
texture to surface of concrete.
3.4 Embedded Items
A. Prior to placement of concrete securely attach all required steel frames, angles, plates, bolts,
inserts, and other similar items to the forms.
B. Notify Architect whenever conduits, pipes, inserts, structural or miscellaneous steel and iron
work interfere with the placing of the reinforcing steel.
C. Install concrete accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations: straight,
level, and plumb.
D. No conduit shall be cast in concrete unless specifically indicated on the Structural Drawings.
3.5 Tolerances
A. Forms shall be built true to the required lines and so maintained until concrete has hardened
sufficiently to permit removal.
B. Construct all bracing, supporting members, and centering of ample size and strength to safely
carry, without excessive deflection, all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected.
C. Forms may be designed to the tolerances as specified in ACI 347.
D. Forms shall have sufficient rigidity so as to resist deflection more than 1/8-inch between
supports after the concrete has been placed.
E. Ensure that embedded items are placed and held, during placing of concrete, to tolerances
consistent with other items that will be attached to them.
3.6 Form Release Agents
A. Apply form release agent on framework in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
3.7 SHORES AND BRACES
A. Install shoring, reshoring, and bracing as necessary to support construction loadings and as
required to maintain specified tolerances. Comply with ACI 347.
B. Shores shall be designed to withstand all construction loads including wind and seismic loads.
C. The Contract Structural Drawings and Specifications represent the finished structure. They do
not indicate method of construction, except where critical to the integrity of the finished
structure. The Contractor shall provide all measures necessary to protect the structure during
construction. Observation visits to the site by the Architect will not include review of such
measures.
3.8 CLEANING
A. All dirt, chips, sawdust, rubbish, water, etc., shall be completely removed from the forms before
any concrete is deposited therein.
B. Holes shall be provided in the forms at the bottom for cleaning purposes and shall be left open
until just before the concrete is poured.
C. Keep forms sufficiently wetted to prevent joints from opening up before the concrete is placed.
D. When using earth forms remove loose dirt prior to placing concrete.
3.9 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Forms shall not be removed until concrete has hardened sufficiently to maintain its integrity
and not be damaged by form removal operations. Columns and walls shall not be stripped in
less than 6 days, floor slabs in less than 7 days, beams and girders in less than 15 days. Ramp,
landing, steps and floor slabs shall not be stripped in less than 7 days. Shoring shall not be
removed until member has acquired sufficient strength to support its weight, load upon it, and
added load of construction.
B. Compressive strength of in-place concrete shall be determined by testing field-cured specimens
representative of concrete location or members, as specified in Section 03300: Cast-In-Place
Concrete.
N. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT (Section 03 20 00)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provisions of division 01 apply to this section.
B. Section Includes:
1. Concrete steel reinforcement as indicated.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 42 00: Testing and Inspection.
ATTACHMENT "C"
2. Section 03 30 00: Cast-In-Place Concrete.
3. Section 04 82 00: Concrete Unit Masonry.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Regulatory Requirements: Fabrication and placement of reinforcing shall be in accordance with
requirements of CBC, Chapter 19.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit steel reinforcement Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315. Include
assembly diagrams, bending charts and slab plans. Indicate lengths and location of splices, size
and lengths of reinforcing steel.
B. Closeout Submittals: Record exact locations of reinforcing that vary from Shop Drawings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement:
1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice.
2. American Welding Society (AWS).
3. American Concrete Institute (ACI).
4. CBC, Chapter 19, Concrete.
B. Source Quality Control: Refer to Division 01 Sections for general requirements and to following
paragraphs for specific procedures. Testing laboratory retained by the Owner shall perform
following conformance testing, select test Samples of bars, ties, and stirrups from the material
at the Project site or from the place of distribution, with each Sample consisting of not less than
two 18 inch long pieces, and perform the following tests according to ASTM A 615.
1. Identified Bars: If Samples are obtained from bundles as delivered from the mill, identified
as to heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports, and properly tagged
with the identification certificate so as to be readily identified, perform one tensile and one
bend test for each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of bars. Submit mill reports when
Samples are selected.
2. Unidentified Bars: When positive identification of reinforcing bars cannot be performed
and when random Samples are obtained, perform tests for each 2.5 tons or fraction
thereof, one tensile and one bend test from each size of bars.
C. Certification of Welders: Shop and Project site welding shall be performed by certified welding
operators.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Avoid exposure to dirt, moisture or conditions harmful to reinforcing.
B. Reinforcing steel bars, wire, and wire fabric shall be stored on the Project site to permit easy
access for examination and identification of each shipment. Material of each shipment shall be
separated for size and shape.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ATTACHMENT "C"
2.1 GENERAL
A. Provide reinforcing of sizes, gages and lengths indicated, bent to indicated shapes.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, or ASTM A 706 deformed grade 40 billet steel unless
otherwise specified or indicated.
B. Wire Fabric for Reinforcement: ASTM A 185.
C. Tie Wire: ASTM A 82, fully annealed, copper-bearing steel wire, 16 gage minimum.
D. Chairs, Spacers, Supports, and Other Accessories: Standard manufacture conforming to ACI-315
fabricated from steel wire of required types and sizes. For reinforcement supported from grade,
provide properly sized dense precast blocks of concrete.
2.3 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING BARS:
A. Comply with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Construction for
fabrication of reinforcing steel.
B. Bending and Forming: Fabricate bars of the indicated sizes and bend and form to required
shapes and lengths by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for
bending. Bend bars No. 6 size and larger in the shop only. Bars with unscheduled kinks or
bends are not permitted. Provide only tested and permitted bar materials.
C. Welding: Provide only ASTM A 706 steel where welding is indicated. Perform welding by the
direct electric arc process in accordance with AWS D1.4 and specified low-hydrogen electrodes.
Preheat 6 inches each side of joint. Protect joints from drafts during the cooling process;
accelerated cooling is not permitted. Do not tack weld bars. Clean metal surfaces to be welded
of loose scale and foreign material. Clean welds each time electrode is changed and chip burned
edges before placing welds. When wire brushed, the completed welds must exhibit uniform
section, smooth welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays, freedom from
porosity and clinkers, and good fusion and penetration into the base metal. Cut out welds or
parts of welds deemed defective, using chisel, and replace with proper welding.
Prequalification of welds shall be in accordance with CBC requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Bars shall be bent cold. Bars partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent except as
indicated on reviewed Shop Drawings. Before installation, clean reinforcing of loose scale, rust,
oil, dirt and any coating that could reduce bond.
B. Accurately position, install, and secure reinforcing to prevent displacement during the
placement of concrete.
C. Provide metal chairs to hold reinforcement the required distance above form bottoms. In
beams and slab construction, provide chairs under top slab reinforcement as well as under
bottom reinforcement. Space chairs so that reinforcement will not be displaced during
installation. Provide metal spacers to secure proper spacing. Stirrups shall be accurately and
ATTACHMENT "C"
securely wired to bars at both top and bottom. At slabs, footings, and beams in contact with
earth, provide concrete blocks to support reinforcement at required distance above grade.
D. Install and secure reinforcement to maintain required clearance between parallel bars and
between bars and forms. Lapped splices shall be installed wherever possible in a manner to
provide required clearance between sets of bars. Stagger lapped splices. Dowels an d bars
extending through construction joints shall be secured in position against displacement before
concrete is installed and subsequently cleaned of concrete encrustation’s while they are still
soft.
E. Do not install reinforcing in supported slabs and beams until walls and columns have been
installed to underside of slabs and beams or until construction joints have been thoroughly
cleaned. Reinforcing shall be inspected before placement of concrete and cleaned as required.
F. Use deformed bars unless otherwise indicated, except for spiral reinforcement.
G. Obstructions: Wherever conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves, etc., interfere with placing of
reinforcing steel, obtain acceptance of method of procedure before any concrete is placed.
Bending of bars around openings or sleeves not permitted.
H. Tying: Reinforcing shall be rigidly and securely tied with steel tie wire at splices and at crossing
points and intersections in the position shown. Tie wires, after cutting, shall be bent in such a
manner that concrete placement will not force the wire ends to surface of exposed concrete.
I. Spacing: Where Drawings do not show the spacing of the reinforcing, the minimum clear
spacing shall conform to ACI 318.
J. Splicing: Make splices only at those locations shown on the Drawings or as accepted by the
Architect. Splice locations not shown on the Drawings shall be approved in shop drawings
before fabrication.
3.2 CLEAN UP
A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion.
O. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (Section 03 30 00)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provisions of Division 01 apply to this section.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 42 00: Testing and Inspection.
2. Section 03 10 00: Concrete Forms and Accessories.
3. Section 03 20 00: Concrete Reinforcement.
ATTACHMENT "C"
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings indicating locations of cast-in-place concrete Work and
accessory items such as vapor barriers. Include details and locations of reinforcing, e mbedded
items, and interfacing with other Work.
B. Product Data
1. Mix Design: Submit a concrete mix design for each mix that will be provided for the Work.
Include water/ cement ratio, size of coarse aggregate and amount of any admixture. Predict
minimum compressive strength, maximum slump and air content percentage.
2. Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete shall deliver to the Deputy Inspector a certificate
with each mixer truck. Certificate shall bear the signature of representative of the testing
laboratory, and shall state quantity of cement, water, fine and coarse aggregate and
admixtures.
C. Material Samples: Submit Samples illustrating concrete finishes, minimum 12 inches x 12 inches
in size.
D. Certificates: Submit a notarized certificate that each of following conforms to standards
indicated:
1. Aggregates – ASTM Standards
2. Admixtures - ASTM Standards
3. Curing materials - ASTM Standards
4. Non-Shrink Grout
E. Submit schedule of concrete placement operations before commencing Work, show on one or
more plans and/or elevations, locations of construction, contraction and expansion of joints,
slab edges, curbs, equipment pads, depressions, sleeves and openings.
F. Transit-Mix Delivery Slips
1. Keep record at the Site showing time and place of each pour of concrete, together with
transit mix delivery slip certifying contents of the pour.
2. Make the record available to the Architect for his review upon request.
3. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver the record and the delivery slips to the
Architect.
G. Submit qualifications of concrete foremen, showing 5 years experience of concrete installation.
H. Records: Keep a record and make available for inspection at the Site, showing the date and time
of placing concrete in each portion of the structure.
I. Test Reports: Testing Agency will report all results of tests to the Architect, who will approve or
disapprove Contractor's work.
J. Review of submittals is of a general nature only, and responsibility for conformance with intent
of drawings shall remain with the Contractor. Review does not imply or state that fabricator
has correctly interpreted the drawings.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ATTACHMENT "C"
A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications:
1. ACI 117 – Standard Specifications of Tolerances for Concrete Construction.
2. ACI 211 - Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions of Concrete.
3. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
4. ACI 305 - Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting.
5. ACI 306 - Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting.
6. ACI 308 - Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete.
7. ACI 309 - Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards:
1. ASTM A 185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM C 31 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.
3. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates.
4. ASTM C 39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
5. ASTM C 88 - Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sulphate or Magnesium Sulphate.
6. ASTM C 94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete.
7. ASTM C 143 - Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
8. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement.
9. ASTM C 171 - Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.
10. ASTM C 172 - Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.
11. ASTM C 173 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.
12. ASTM C 227 - Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar
Method).
13. ASTM C 231 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.
14. ASTM C 260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
15. ASTM C 289 - Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method).
16. ASTM D 1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).
D. Strength Test of Concrete: Refer to Section 014200: Testing and Inspection.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Mixing and Placing Concrete: Refer to Section 014200: Testing and Inspection.
B. Ready-mix concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with ASTM C 94 and CBC
Standard 19-3 and 19-4. Each batch of concrete delivered to the Project site shall be
accompanied by a time slip bearing departure time and signature of batch plant supervisor.
Concrete shall be placed within 90 minutes after start of mixing.
C. Store cement and aggregate materials so as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion by
foreign matter. Deteriorated or contaminated materials shall not be furnished.
ATTACHMENT "C"
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Requirements
1. Adequate equipment shall be provided for heating concrete materials and protecting
concrete during freezing or near-freezing weather. Surfaces, in which concrete is to come
in contact with, shall be free from frost or ice. No frozen materials or materials containing
ice shall be furnished.
2. When placing concrete during freezing or near-freezing weather the mix shall have a
temperature of at least 50 degrees F., but not more than 90 degrees F. when cement is
added. Concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F. for at least
72 hours after placing or until it has thoroughly hydrated. When necessary, concrete
materials shall be heated before mixing. Special precautions shall be provided for protection
of transit-mixed concrete.
B. Hot Weather Requirements: During hot weather, proper attention shall be provided for
ingredients, production methods, handling, placing, protection and curing, to prevent excessive
concrete temperatures or water evaporation which could impair required strength or
durability.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Mix and deliver in accordance with requirements of CBC Chapter 1905.
B. Strength of Concrete: Concrete, unless otherwise indicated or specified, shall be provided with
minimum ultimate 28-day strength of 4,000 psi (f'c). For high-early-strength concrete, age for
reaching the f'c shall be as indicated on Drawings.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C 150. Furnished cement shall be as selected and reviewed for concrete
proportioning. One brand from the same source shall be used throughout the project.
B. Aggregates: Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 and C 227 except as modified herein. Any
suitable individual grading of coarse aggregate may be furnished, provided Grading of
Combined Aggregate indicated in following table is obtained. Refer to Section 014200: Testing
and Inspection.
GRADING OF COMBINED AGGREGATE
Sieve Number or
Size in Inches 1-1/2” Maximum 1” Maximum 3/4” Maximum
Passing a 2" ------ ------ ------
Passing a 1-1/2" 95-100 ------ ------
Passing a 1" 70-90 90-100 ------
Passing a 3/4" 50-80 70-95 90-100
Passing a 3/8" 40-60 45-70 55-75
ATTACHMENT "C"
Passing a No. 4 35-55 35-55 40-60
Passing a No. 8 25-40 27-45 30-46
Passing a No. 16 16-34 20-38 23-40
Passing a No. 30 12-25 12-27 13-28
Passing a No. 50 2-12 5-15 5-15
Passing a No. 100 0-3 0-5 0-5
C. Water: Water shall be potable and free from deleterious matter.
D. Admixtures: CBC Chapter 19, Section 1903.6, Type A or D.
1. Admixtures: Only if accepted by the Owner's Representative in accordance with ACI 318 if
they comply with requirements of ATM C494-92. Where more than one is used, admixtures
shall be compatible. Accelerating admixtures are not permitted. Use of admixtures shall be
consistent throughout Work, and shall be present in approved sample panel.
2. Water Reducing Admixtures (Plasticizing): ASTM C 494, Type A; Grace Constructio n
Materials "WRDA with Hycol"; Master Builders "Pozzolith 220N"; Euclid Chemical “WR-75,
WR-91 or EUCONMR” or equal. Admixtures shall not contain more than 0.1 percent chloride
ions.
3. Water Reducing (Retarding): ASTM C494, Type D; Grace Construction Materials
“Datatard-17,” Sika Corporation “Plastocrete 61R,” Euclid Chemical Co. “Eucon
Retarder-75.”
4. High Range Water Reducing Admixtures (Superplasticizers): ASTM C494, Type F, Grace
Construction Materials "WRDA 19 or Daracem 100”, Sika Chemical Corp. "Sikament 300,"
Euclid Chemical Co. “Eucon 37, 1037 or Plastol 5000.”
5. Air Entrainment Admixtures: ASTM C260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other admixtures. Darex AEA or Daravair by W.R. Grace. MB-VR or Micro Air by Master
Builders, Air Mix by Euclid Chemical Co.
6. Non-Chloride, Non-Corrosive Accelerating Admixture: The admixture shall conform to
ASTM C494, Type C or E, and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal
drinking water. The admixture manufacturer shall have long-term non-corrosive test data
from an independent testing laboratory (of at least a year’s duration) using an acceptable
accelerated corrosion test method such as that using electrical potential measures. Provide
“Accelguard 80” by The Euclid Chemical Co.
7. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than
0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted.
8. Certification: Written conformance to the above-mentioned requirements and the chloride
ion content of admixtures will be required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix
design review by the Engineer.
E. Expansion Joint Fillers: Preformed strips, non-extruding and resilient bituminous type, of
thickness indicated, conforming to ASTM D 1751.
F. Curing Paper and Liquid Curing Compounds
ATTACHMENT "C"
1. Curing Paper: A standard brand conforming to ASTM C 171, Type 1 - Regular, Kure-N-Seal.
2. Liquid Curing Compounds: A standard brand, clear liquid conforming to ASTM C 309, Master
Builders, Grace, Antihydro.
G. Abrasive Aggregate: Norton Alundum, Union Carbide Carborundum, or equal, graded #12
through #30 sizes, color as selected by Architect.
H. Underlayment: Latex underlayment for filling low spots in concrete shall be Tile-Tex by Flintkote
Co., Webtex #60 or Fixallatex by Dowman Products Co. or Flo-Top or Flo-Top 90 by The Euclid
Company.
I. Vapor Barrier
1. ASTM D 21O3, polyethylene sheeting, clear, 10 mils minimum thickness, impact strength
greater than 70 grams per mil, 10 feet minimum width. Provide minimum 2-inch wide
waterproof plastic self-adhering tape for sealing edges and ends of sheeting.
2. Moisture barrier is required where an interior area is scheduled to receive moisture
sensitive floor finishes.
J. Stair Strips and Nosing
1. Fabricated from 6063-T5 extruded aluminum, mill finish. Anti-slip filler shall contain at least
60 percent virgin grain aluminum oxide abrasive. Binder shall be fully cured resilient type
epoxy, with binder-to-filler ratio of 13 percent. The epoxy-abrasive filler shall extend over
the curved front edge of the nosing and shall be securely bonded to the extruded aluminum
base.
2. Manufactured by Wooster Products Inc. American Safety Tread Co. Inc., or equal.
3. Nosing and strips for concrete casting shall be provided with Sure-Hold anchors, chevron
shaped continuous full length of nosing or strip.
4. Nosings and anchors for attachment to hydrated concrete stairs and wood stairs shall be
similar to those specified below, except they shall be provided with countersunk holes for
screws and fasteners.
5. Colors: As selected by Architect to contrast with stair color. Colors shall extend uniformly
through the filler.
6. Strip and Nosing Type:
a. Nosings for sloped riser steel pan stairs: Type WP4J, 4-1/16 inches wide, 3/8 inch thick.
b. Nosings for new concrete stairs: Type WP4C, 4-1/16 inches wide, 3/8 inch thick, nose
projects down 1/4 inch.
c. Nosings for square edged steel pan stairs: Type WP4SP, 4-1/16 inches wide, 3/8 inch
thick nose.
d. Strips for recessing into concrete stairs: Type WP1A, except 2-1/4 inches wide, 3/8 inch
thick. American Safety Tread Co., Type 24, or equal.
e. Strips for adhering to existing or hydrated concrete: Flex-Tred anti-safety strips,
minimum 2-1/4 inches wide. Cut from rolls and round corners.
f. Strips for anchoring into wood or stone: American Safety Tread Co., Type 24H, or equal,
with holes for fasteners, 2-1/4 inches wide.
ATTACHMENT "C"
K. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water
reducing and plasticizing agents; free of gas producing or gas releasing agents, oxidizing
catalysts, inorganic accelerators and chloride, "Five-Star Grout" manufactured by U.S. Grout
Corp., Euclid Chemical Co.'s Euco NS, Master Builders' Co. Masterflow 713 Grout. Grout shall
conform to ASTM C1107.
L. High Flow Grout: Where high fluidity and/or increased placing time are required, use high flow
grout. The factory pre-mixed grout shall conform to ASTM C1107, “Standard Specification for
Packages Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-Shrink).” In addition, the grout manufacturer shall
furnish test data from an independent laboratory indicating that the grout when placed at a
fluid consistency shall achieve 95% bearing under a 18” x 36” base plate. Provide “Hi-Flow
Grout” Euclid Chemical Co. or “Master flow 928” Master Builders.
TEST TEST METHOD
Hardened volume change
0.00% shrinkage
0.04% expansion after set
CRD C621
Compressive strength minimum 5,000 psi at 7 days ASTM C109
M. Epoxy Grout: Grout to anchor reinforcing steel or threaded rods in concrete shall be “SET -XP”
by Simpson, or “HY-150” by Hilti, or equal.
N. Drypack Mortar for Form Holes at Non-Architectural Grade Surfaces: Composed of 1 part
Portland cement and 2 parts of fine aggregate and water. Match color of adjacent surfaces.
O. Sealer for Concrete Floors: Water-based acrylic resin compound containing not less than 25
percent solids, designed to seal, and dustproof concrete floors; Euclid Chemical Co. "Diamond
Seal"; Nox-Crete, Inc. "Cure and Seal 1200E"; Sonneborn "Cure-N-Seal wb" or equal.
P. Liquid Sealer/Densifier: The liquid densifier compound shall be a siliconate based sealer which
penetrates concrete surfaces, increases abrasion resistance and provides a “low-sheen: surface
that is easy to clean and eases the problem of tire mark removal. Provide “Euco Diamond Hard”
by The Euclid Chemical Co.
Q. Bonding grout: Approximately 1 part Portland cement to 1 part fine sand passing a No. 30 sieve,
and a 50:50 mixture of SBR Latex and water mixed to a creamy consistency.
R. Patching mortar shall be made of the same material and of approximately the same proportions
as used for concrete, except that coarse aggregate shall be omitted and mortar shall consist of
not more than 1 part Portland cement to 2-1/2 parts damp loose sand by volume.
1. Combine white and gray Portland cement as necessary to match color of surrounding
concrete. Use no more mixing water than necessary for handling and placing.
2. Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand with frequent mixing with trowel
without adding water until it has reached the stiffest consistency that will permit placing.
3. Remove honeycombed and other defective concrete down to sound concrete.
4. Dampen area to be patched and at least 6 inches surrounding the area.
5. After water has evaporated from surface, brush coat of bonding grout into surface.
ATTACHMENT "C"
6. When bonding grout begins to lose water sheen, apply patching mortar, thoroughly
consolidate and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
7. Patching mortar shall set undisturbed for at least 1 hour before final finishing.
8. Do not finish patches on exposed surfaces with metal tools. Damp cure patches for 7 days.
2.3 Concrete Mix design
A. General: Review requirements relative to slump, seasonal variation of admixtures and
anticipated conditions in the Work, before formulating the design mixes. Provide separate
design mixes for each anticipated or actual change in the type or proportion of basic materials,
including admixtures, as well as changes due to seasonality, slump limits and concrete
flowability requirements. Provide multiple design mixes for pumped concrete depending upon
the vertical or horizontal distances from the pump. Allow at least 6 weeks lead time for testing
and verification of mix designs, and that mixes can be reviewed by the Architect prior to use in
the Work. File the mix designs in the Contractor's field office after review by Architect and prior
to pouring concrete.
B. Mix Designs
1. Compressive Strength: Verify adequacy of design mix for average compressive strength in
accordance with ACI 301 requirements for proportioning on the basis of trial mixtures or
previous field experience.
a. Trial Mixtures Method: The mix designs shall be prepared by the Contractor's Concrete
Testing Laboratory. Make and test compression test cylinders to substantiate the
average compressive strength. For concrete specified to have compressive strength up
to 5000 psi, design the mixes to obtain a compressive strength 1200 psi greater than
the specified strength.
b. Previous Field Experience Method: Appropriate field test data for concrete made with
the same ingredients may be used. 30 or more consecutive strength test results of
mixes with the same materials and proportions used in similar construction and climatic
conditions within the past year shall be used to indicate performance in accordance
with the Specifications.
c. All mix designs shall be submitted on the mix design submittal form included at the end
of this Section.
C. "Max Slump" may vary ± 1" per ASTM C143-90a.
D. Concrete mixes shall comply with ASTM C 94 and ACI 318. Proportioning shall comply with
Alternative 2 of ASTM C94; mixing and transporting shall comply with requirements for Truck-
Mixed Concrete.
E. Maximum water to cement ratio shall be 0.50.
F. Submit copies of mix designs, trial batch test results of strength (ASTM C39) at 7 and 28 days.
2.4 Requirements for normal weight concrete
A. Proportioning: Provide in accordance with ACI 211.1 requirements. Produce normal weight
concrete of the type and strength indicated, subject to the following requirements and design
mix review by the Architect.
ATTACHMENT "C"
1. Weight of Normal Weight Concrete: Not less than 145 PCF nor more than 150 PCF when
dry.
2. Minimum Cement Content
a. 4000 psi Mix: 540 lbs/cu yd.
b. Exterior Exposed Concrete: 517-lbs/cu yd.
3. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio
a. Exterior Exposed Concrete: 0.50, except as noted.
b. Concrete Required to be Watertight: 0.45.
c. All trowel finished interior slabs. Concrete in Parking Structures: 0.48.
B. Admixtures for Normal Weight Concrete: Provide the following:
1. Air Entraining Admixture: All interior slabs subject to vehicular abrasion, shall have a
maximum air content of 3%.
2. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): All pumped concrete, concrete to
be watertight, and concrete with a water-cement ratio of 0.50 or less shall contain the
specified high-range water-reducing admixture.
3. Fly Ash
a. Concrete: Continuous pour, maximum 15% replacement of cement weight.
b. Concrete Fill: On metal deck; no replacement permitted.
C. Consistency of Normal Weight Concrete: Plastic and workable with cohesiveness sufficient to
prevent segregation.
1. Slump, Without Superplasticizer: Maximum 3-1/2" slump at point of deposit.
2. Slump, With Superplasticizer: Maximum 8" slump unless otherwise approved by the
Architect; maintain 2” to 3” slump, be verified, prior to addition of admixture to increase to
the approved level.
D. Normal Weight Concrete Fill: Same materials and proportioning as normal weight structural
concrete, and in accordance with ASTM C94, to obtain the following minimum properties.
1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi.
2. Slump: 6” at point of deposit.
2.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR PUMPED CONCRETE
A. General: Provide pumped concrete using same materials and proportioning as non-pumped
concrete, except as follows: Per ACI 304 and as specified. Use a different design mix per 100 ft.
of pipeline.
B. Aggregate
1. Maximum Size: One-third of pump or pipeline opening; whichever is smaller.
2. Grading: As close as possible to middle of ASTM C33 grading range.
3. Fine Aggregate
a. Fineness Modulus: 2.40 to 3.00 with 15 to 30% passing no. 50 sieve; 5 to 10% passing
no. 100 sieve.
ATTACHMENT "C"
b. Daily Variation: 0.20 from valued use in selecting proportions.
4. Lightweight Aggregate Moisture Content: Not less than 24-hour absorption percentage per
ASTM C127.
C. Cement Content: Do not increase. Use HRWR admixture to improve pump ability, maintain
water/cement ratio in approved mix design.
D. Admixtures
1. Non-Corrosive Accelerators: As required during cold weather to normalize set and early
strength gain.
2. High-Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): Required to maintain water
cement ratio and low water content.
E. Consistency of Pumped Concrete: Plastic and workable with cohesiveness sufficient to prevent
segregation.
1. Slump Without Superplasticizer: Maximum initial slump 3” for normal weight concrete and
4” for lightweight concrete.
2. Slump With Superplasticizer: Maximum 9" slump at pump and 8" slump at point of deposit.
3. Slump, Lightweight Concrete: Prior to Superplasticizer 4”: Maximum 8" slump at point of
deposit.
2.6 CONCRETE USAGE
A. Aggregate Sizes:
1. Coarse Aggregate
a. General: Maximum size not to exceed 75% of clear spacing between reinforcement.
b. Size No. 467: 1 1/2 in. to no. 4; pile caps/footings, foundations, walls not less than 8 in.
thick, slabs on grade or fill, and steel reinforced slabs not less than 6 in. thick.
c. Size No. 57: 1 in. to no. 4; other concrete.
d. Size No. 7: 1/2 in. to no. 8; use in tight pours where clearance does not permit passage
of size no. 57.
2. Fine Aggregate
a. No. 100 Sieve: Minimum 3% passing.
b. Fineness Modulus: 2.0 to 3.0.
3. Combined Aggregate graduation for slabs and other designated concrete shall be 8% -18%
for large top size aggregates (1 ½ in) or 8% - 22% for smaller top size aggregates (1 in. or ¾
in.) retained on each sieve below the top size and above the No. 100.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Time of Placing: Do not place concrete until reinforcement, conduits, outlet boxes, anchors,
hangers, sleeves, bolts, and other embedded materials that shown on the Contract Document
or approved by the Engineer of Record are securely fastened in place. Contact the IOR at least
24 hours before placing concrete; do not place concrete until inspected by the IOR.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Pouring Record: A record shall be kept on the Project site of time and date of placing concrete
in each portion of structure. Such record shall be maintained on the Project site until Substantial
Completion and shall be available for examination by the Architect.
3.2 preconstruction meeting
A. At least one week prior to commencement of concrete work, meet at the Project site to review
methods and sequence of concrete construction, standard of workmanship, material selection,
testing and quality control requirements, detailed requirements of the proposed design mixes,
placement procedures, off-site batching requirements, coordination of the work with other
trades and other pertinent topics related to the Work. The meeting shall include the following:
1. Owner’s Representative
2. Architect/Engineer
3. Construction Manager/General Contractor
4. Concrete Subcontractor
5. Owner’s Testing Laboratory
6. Ready Mix Concrete Supplier
7. Any other subcontractor and/or material supplier or manufacturer required
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Prior to placement of concrete, Contractor shall be responsible for examination of all conditions
affecting installation of Work and shall not proceed until the following conditions have been
met.
1. Completion of formwork in accordance with requirements of Section 033000.
2. Placement of reinforcement in accordance with requirements of Section 032000.
3. Placement of embedded items. Do not embed conduit in concrete except where specifically
noted on structural drawings.
4. Completion of inspection of formwork, and reinforcing in accordance with the requirements
of CBC Section 108 and 1701.
5. Notify the Architect at least 48 hours prior to placement of any concrete.
B. Clean and roughen all construction joint surfaces by removing laitance and exposing sound
aggregate. Thoroughly clean and moisten contact surfaces before placing fresh concrete.
C. Cleaning and Wetting Forms: Remove foreign matter accumulated in forms, rigidly close ports
and openings left in formwork immediately prior to starting concrete placing. Wet wood forms
sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce suction and maintain
workability of concrete mix. Thoroughly clean tools used in transporting, placing, and
consolidating concrete immediately after each use.
3.4 PREPARATION OF EXISTING CONCRETE
A. Chip keys and roughen existing concrete surfaces where new concrete abuts. Roughen surface
by bushhammering, chipping or sandblasting to remove surface mortar and expose clean
aggregate.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Drill and install dowels using epoxy grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed
recommendations.
C. Prime surface with 10-mil layer of epoxy adhesive using a stiff brush as required per structural
drawings. Place concrete while the epoxy adhesive is still tacky. Re-prime if necessary.
3.5 PREPARATION
A. Thoroughly dampen sub-grade to ensure that moisture will not be absorbed from fresh
concrete except in areas to receive a moisture barrier.
B. Moisture Barrier: Before placing of screeds and slab reinforcement, install a moisture barrier
under slabs on grade. Place membrane in as large sheets as possible, lapped 12 inches at sides
and ends, with top lap placed in the direction of the spreading of concrete. Extend membrane
and lap at least 4 inches onto adjoining wall surfaces and seal with pressure-sensitive tape.
1. Place moisture barrier on minimum 2-inch bed of sand, unless otherwise indicated, over
gravel base as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Patch punctures and tears in moisture barrier.
C. Reglets and Rebates
1. Form reglets and rebates in concrete to receive flashing, frames and other equipment as
detailed and required. Coordinate dimensions and locations required with other related
Work.
2. If concrete slabs on grade adjoin a wall or other perpendicular concrete surface, form a
reglet in wall to receive and carry horizontal concrete Work. Reglet shall be full thickness of
the slab and shall be 3/4 inch wide, unless otherwise indicated. Requirement does not apply
to exterior walks, unless specifically indicated.
D. Screeds: Install screeds accurately and maintain at required grade or slab elevations after steel
reinforcement has been placed, but before starting to place concrete. Install screeds adjacent
to walls and in parallel rows not to exceed 8 feet on centers.
3.6 INSTALLATION
A. Conveying and Placing
1. Concrete shall be placed only under direct observation of the IOR. Do not place concrete
outside of regular working hours, unless the IOR has been notified at least 48 hours in
advance.
2. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to place of final deposit by methods, which will
prevent separation or loss of materials.
3. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable to its final position to avoid segregation
due to re-handling or flowing. No concrete that has partially hydrated or has been
contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited, nor shall re-tempered concrete or
concrete which has been remixed after initial set be installed.
4. In depositing concrete in columns, walls or thin sections, provide openings in forms,
elephant trunks, tremies or other recognized devices, to prevent segregation and
accumulation of partially hydrated concrete on forms or metal reinforcement above level
of concrete being placed. Such devices shall be installed so that concrete will be dropped
ATTACHMENT "C"
vertically. Unconfined vertical drop of concrete from end of such devices to placement
surface shall not exceed 6 feet.
5. Concrete shall be placed as a continuous operation until placing of panel or section is
completed. Top surfaces of vertically formed lifts shall be level.
6. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated during placement, and shall be worked around
reinforcement and embedded fixtures with mechanical vibrators.
7. Where conditions make consolidation difficult, or where reinforcement is congested,
batches of mortar containing same proportions of cement, sand, and water as provided in
the concrete, shall first be deposited in the forms to a depth of at least one inch.
B. Compaction and Screeding
1. Tamp freshly placed concrete with a heavy tamper until at least 3/8 inch of mortar is
brought to surface. Concrete shall then be tamped with a light tamper and screeded with a
heavy straightedge until depressions and irregularities are eliminated, and surface is true
to finish grades or elevations. Remove excess water and debris.
2. Where slabs are to receive separate cement finish or mortar setting bed, continued tamping
to raise mortar to surface is not performed. Laitance shall be removed by brushing with a
stiff brush or by light sandblasting to expose clean top surface of coarse aggregate.
C. Floating and Troweling
1. When concrete has hydrated sufficiently, it shall be floated to a compact and smooth
surface. After floating, wait until concrete has reached proper consistency before troweling.
Top surfaces shall receive at least 2 troweling operations with steel hand trowel. Prior to
and during final troweling, apply a fine mist of water frequently with an atomizing type fog
sprayer. Omit troweling for slabs to receive a separate cement finish.
2. For interior finish slabs, final troweling shall provide a hard, impervious, and non-slip
surfaces, free from defects and blemishes. Finished surface shall be within a tolerance of
1/8 inch in 10 feet. Avoid burnishing. Do not add cement or sand to absorb excess moisture.
3. Exterior Paving and Cement Walks: Finish as specified above, except surface shall be given
a non-slip broom finish to match Sample reviewed by the Architect.
4. Vertical concrete surfaces shall be finished smooth and free from marks.
D. Curing
1. Concrete shall be maintained above 50 degrees F. and in a moist condition for 7 days after
placing, except that high early strength concrete shall be maintained in a moist condition
for 3 days.
2. Forms containing concrete, top of concrete between forms, and exposed concrete surfaces
after removal of forms shall be maintained in a thoroughly wet condition for at least 7
consecutive days after placing.
3. If weather is hot or surface has dried out, spray surface of concrete slabs and paving with
fine mist of water, starting not later than 2 hours after final troweling and continuing until
sunset. Surface of finish shall be kept continuously wet until curing medium has been
installed.
4. Immediately after finishing, roof slabs and monolithic floor finish to receive resilient floor
covering shall be uniformly and completely coated with liquid curing compound.
ATTACHMENT "C"
a. Install compound in a manner and quantity sufficient to produce a uniform continuous
thin film of water-impervious membrane. Compound shall be installed in accordance
with manufacturer's directions.
b. Protect adjoining surfaces from damage during installation. If curing compound is not
applied immediately, cover finished concrete with wet burlap or curing paper and keep
concrete surface wet for a period not to exceed thirty hours following finishing of
concrete. At end of that time, burlap or paper shall be removed and curing compound
installed as specified above.
5. Immediately after finishing, monolithic floor slabs not scheduled to receive resilient floor
covering shall be covered with curing paper. Paper shall be lapped 3 inches at joints and
sealed with waterproof sealer. Edges shall be cemented to finish. Repair or replace paper
damaged during construction operations.
6. Within 24 hours after finishing, exterior slabs and paving, and interior slabs to receive
cement topping or mortar setting beds, shall be covered with sand to a depth of 2 inches
and kept thoroughly wet for 7 days.
7. Instead of sand covering, exterior walks and paving where no other surface treatment is
specified, may be cured with clear liquid curing compound immediately installed in
accordance with manufacturer's directions.
E. Filling, Leveling and Patching
1. Holes resulting from form ties or sleeve nuts shall be solidly packed, through exterior walls,
by pressure grouting with cement grout, as specified. Grouted holes on exposed surfaces
shall be screeded flush and finished to match adjoining surfaces.
F. Cement Base: Cement base shall be of the height, thickness, and shape detailed. Base shall be
reinforced with one-inch mesh, 18 gage, zinc-coated wire fabric. Base finish mixture shall be
one part Portland cement, 2 parts of fine aggregate and one part pea gravel. Colored cement
base shall include a chemically inert mineral oxide pigment in the mix.
G. Flatwork Finish Tolerances
1. All flatwork surfaces shall be tested for flatness and levelness in accordance with ASTM
E1155 “Standard Test Method for Determining Floor flatness and Levelness Using the F-
Number System”. This testing shall be complete within 24 hours of slab installation. In areas
of shored construction, measurements shall be taken prior to removal of shores. Reports of
tests shall be submitted within 72 hours. All floors are random traffic floors. Floors shall
conform to the following surface profile tolerances.
2. Troweled Finish Slabs
Overall Floor Flatness Number FF 35
Minimum Local Floor Flatness Number FF 24
Overall Floor Levelness Number FL 25
Minimum Local Floor Levelness Number FL 17
3.7 FINISHING
ATTACHMENT "C"
A. Soda and Acid Wash: Concrete surfaces to receive plaster, paint or other finish, and which have
been formed by oil coated forms, shall be scrubbed with a solution of 1-1/2 pounds of caustic
soda to one gallon of water. Surfaces where smooth wood or waste molds have been furnished
shall be scrubbed with a solution of 20 percent muriatic acid. Wash with clean water after
scrubbing.
B. Sacking: Exposed concrete curbs, walls, and other surfaces shall be sacked by an application of
Portland cement grout, floated, and rubbed. Sacking shall not be performed until patching and
filling of holes has been completed. Entire sacking operation for any continuous area shall be
started and completed within the same day.
1. Mix one part Portland cement and 1-1/2 parts fine sand with sufficient water to produce a
grout having consistency of thick paint. Wet surface of concrete sufficiently to prevent
absorption of water from grout. Apply grout uniformly with a brush or spray gun, then
immediately float surface with a cork or other suitable float, scouring wall vigorously.
2. While grout is still plastic, finish surface with a sponge-rubber float, removing excess grout.
Allow surface to dry thoroughly, then rub vigorously with dry burlap to completely remove
dried grout. No visible film or grout shall remain after rubbing with burlap.
C. Abrasive: Concrete stair treads, landings, ramps and steps on interior and exterior of buildings,
and interior exposed concrete floors in shop buildings shall receive an abrasive finish. Abrasive
grains in amount of 30 pounds per 100 square feet shall be evenly installed by dust-on method
and embedded into surface during first troweling operation. Additional abrasive grains, in
amount of 30 pounds per 100 square feet, shall then be evenly installed and embedded into
surface during final troweling operation.
D. Cement Grout and Dry-Pack Concrete: Cement grout shall be mixed at the Project site and shall
be composed of one volume of Portland cement and 2-1/2 volumes of fine aggregate. Materials
shall be mixed dry with sufficient water added to make mixture flow under its own weight.
When grout is used as a dry pack concrete, add sufficient water to provide a stiff mixture, which
can be molded into a sphere.
E. Broom Finish: Exterior stair treads and landings shall be provided with a non -slip broom finish
in addition to abrasive finish specified.
F. Abrasive Stair Nosing: Nosing shall be installed according to manufacturers written
recommendations.
3.8 EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Details and proposed location of construction joints shall be as indicated
on the Drawings, located to least impair strength of structure, in accordance with the following:
1. Thoroughly clean contact surface by sand blasting entire surface not earlier than 5 days
after initial placement .
2. A mix containing same proportion of sand and cement provided in concrete plus a maximum
of 50 percent of coarse aggregate shall be placed to a depth of at least one inch on
horizontal joints. Vertical joints shall be wetted and coated with a neat cement grout
immediately before placing of new concrete.
3. Should contact surface become coated with earth, sawdust, or deleterious material of any
kind after being cleaned, entire surface shall be re-cleaned before applying mix.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints where indicated in walks and exterior slabs. Space
approximately 20 feet apart, unless otherwise indicated. Joints shall extend entirely through
slab with joint filler in one piece for width of walk or slab. Joint filler shall be 3/8 inch thick,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Tooled Joints: Slabs, walks and paving shall be marked into areas as indicated with markings
made with a V-grooving tool. Marks shall be round-edged, free from burrs or obstructions, with
clean cut angles and shall be straight and true. Walks, if not indicated, shall be marked off into
rectangles of not more than 12 square feet and shall have a center marking where more than
5 feet wide.
3.9 TESTING
A. Molded Cylinder Tests:
1. Inspector will prepare cylinders. Each cylinder shall be dated, given a number, point in
structure from which sample was obtained, mix design number, mix design strength and
result of accompanying slump test noted.
2. Separate tests of molded concrete cylinders obtained at same place and time shall be made
at age of 7 days and 28 days. A strength test shall be the average of the compressive
strength of 2 cylinders, obtained from the same sample of concrete and tested at 28 days
or at test age designated for determination of f'c.
3. There shall be not less than one test for each 50 cubic yards of each grade of structural
concrete use for each day’s placement.
4. A test shall consist of five compressive strength specimens, two tested at 7 days and two
tested at 28 days and one shall be a reserve specimen for testing at 56 days.
5. Test cylinders shall be prepared at the Project site and stored in testing laboratory in
accordance with ASTM C 31, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39.
B. Core Test: At request of the Architect, cores of hardened concrete shall be cut from portions of
hydrated structures for testing, in accordance with CBC and ASTM C 42.
1. Provide 4-inch diameter cores at representative places throughout the structure as
designated by the Architect.
2. In general, provide sufficient cores to represent concrete placed with at least one core for
each 4,000 square feet of building area, and at least 3 cores total for each Project.
3. Where cores have been removed, fill voids with drypack, and patch the finish to match the
adjacent existing surfaces.
C. Concrete Consistency: Measure consistency according to ASTM C 143. Test twice each day or
partial day's run of the mixer.
D. Adjustment of Mix: If the strength of any grade of concrete for any portion of Work, as indicated
by molded test cylinders, fall below minimum 28 days compressive strength specified or
indicated, adjust mix design for remaining portion of construction so that resulting concrete
meets minimum strength requirements.
E. Defective Concrete
1. Should strength of any grade of concrete, for any portion of Work indicated by tests of
molded cylinders and core tests, fall below minimum 28 days strength specified or
ATTACHMENT "C"
indicated, concrete will be deemed defective Work and shall be replaced or adequately
strengthened in a manner acceptable to the Architect.
2. Concrete Work that is not formed as indicated, is not true within 1/250 of span, not true to
intended alignment, not plumb or level where so intended, not true to intended grades and
levels, contains sawdust shavings, wood or embedded debris, or does not fully conform to
Contract provisions, shall be deemed to be defective Work and shall be removed and
replaced.
3. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks,
spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface,
and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
a. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more
than ½ in. in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 in. in depth. Make
edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-
coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before
bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured
in place with bonding agent.
b. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and
standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding
color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match
before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher
than surrounding surface.
c. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and
structural performance as determined by Architect.
4. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish
and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test
surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
a. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts,
honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 in. wide or that
penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of
width, and other objectionable conditions.
b. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
c. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing
operations by chipping or sand blasting out low areas and replacing with patching
mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
d. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair
underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to
manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level
surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
e. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out
low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of ¼ in. to match adjacent floor
elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to
manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level
surface.
ATTACHMENT "C"
f. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 in. or less in diameter,
by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean,
square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a ¾ in. clearance all around.
Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent.
Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except
without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished
concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
g. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 in. or less in diameter with patching mortar.
Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dir t, and
loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place
patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish
to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72
hours.
3.10 Field quality control
A. Additional Testing and Inspection: In addition to testing and inspection required by the
Contractor’s quality control program, the Contractor is responsible for the expense of
additional testing or inspection resulting as a consequence of the following.
B. Testing of Work not evidencing compliance with the Specification and Work done without prior
notice, without proper supervision, or contrary to standard construction practice. Such testing
includes taking, curing and testing of concrete cores in accordance with ASTM C42 and
ACI 318/318M.
1. Make a minimum of 3 concrete cores for each area indicated to be in non-compliance.
2. Impact hammer testing shall be limited to comparative analysis and shall not be acceptable
as a basis for actual concrete strength determination.
3.11 CLEAN UP
A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work of this Section until Substantial Completion.
P. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (Section 04 82 00)
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provisions of division 01 apply to this section.
1. Concrete masonry units.
2. Reinforcing steel.
3. Mortar, grout and grouting.
4. Bolts, anchors, hardware, metal frames, and other insert items.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 014300: Testing and Inspection.
ATTACHMENT "C"
2. Section 033000: Cast-In-Place Concrete.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Design: Submit grouting mix design.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's Product Data for assembly components, materials, and
accessories.
C. Samples: Submit Samples for each type of required masonry unit, including reinforcement and
accessories.
1. Masonry prism results (five masonry prisms) shall be submitted prior to the start of
construction. Materials used for the construction of the prisms shall be taken from those specified
to be used in the project, as defined in CBC Chapter 21.
2. Alternatively compressive strength verification by masonry prism test records shall be
acceptable provided they meet the requirements of CBC Chapter 21.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform the Work in accordance with CBC, Chapter 21. Refer to Section 014200: Testing and
Inspection.
B. Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1.
C. Concrete Masonry Units: Sample and test in accordance with ASTM C 140.
1. Notify the testing laboratory a minimum of 45 days in advance of installing concrete unit
masonry, to allow for testing of the units for compression, shrinkage, and absorption. Absorption
test requires 40 days.
2. The retained material testing laboratory shall receive five concrete masonry units per test
from masonry unit manufacturer, as designed or specified by the Architect, and shall perform and
send required test results to the Architect and IOR.
D. Portland Cement: Obtain sample and test in accordance with ASTM C 150.
E. Mortar: Obtain sample and test in accordance with ASTM C 780.
F. Grout: Obtain sample and test in accordance with ASTM C 404.
G. Compressive Tests: Obtain sample and test to verify compliance with the following minimum
values:
1. Mortar: At least 900 psi at 7 days and 1,800 psi at 28 days.
2. Grout: At least 1,200 psi at 7 days and 2,000 psi at 28 days.
3. Do not test 28-day specimen when 7-day tests exceed 28-day requirements.
H. Inspection during Installation: A special inspector will continuously observe the installation of
reinforced masonry. The Inspector shall be responsible for monitoring the work of the special
inspector and testing laboratories to ensure that the testing program is satisfactorily completed.
I. If core testing is required by the Architect or Structural Engineer of Record, masonry removed by
coring operations shall be replaced to match adjoining Work. Core testing shall conform to CBC,
Chapter 21.
J. Allowable Tolerances
1. Plumbing and Level: 1/4 inch in 8 feet non-cumulative.
2. Joint Width: Plus or minus 1/8 inch.
3. Offset Between Units: 3/32 inch.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
ATTACHMENT "C"
A. Store units above grade on level platforms to allow air circulation under stacked units.
B. Cover and protect against wetting before installation.
C. Handle units on pallets or flat bed barrows. Free discharge from conveyor units or transportation
in mortar trays is not permitted.
D. Protect the installed work.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Unit Masonry: Modular medium weight conforming to ASTM C 90, grade N-1, hollow
load-bearing concrete unit masonry.
1. Provide open-end units at walls to be grouted.
2. Provide closed-end units at walls and at openings where ends will be exposed in finish
Work; provide bond beam blocks where horizontal reinforcing is indicated.
3. Provide special shapes and accessory units at locations indicated on Drawings.
4. Except as otherwise specified, provide units in standard gray color.
5. Masonry unit shall have been cured for a minimum of 28 days.
6. Masonry unit shall have maximum liner shrinkage of 0.06 percent from saturated to oven
dry
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, from one source.
C. Mortar: ASTM C 270, Type S. No masonry cement shall be used in the mortar.
D. Grout: ASTM C 476.
E. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
F. Aggregate for Masonry Mortar: ASTM C144, except for joints less than 1/4 inch use aggregate
graded with 100% passing a No. 16 sieve.
G. Water: Potable and fresh.
H. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, size 1 for sand and size 8 for coarse aggregate.
I. Cleaning Materials: Shure Klean No. 600 detergent by ProSoCo.
J. Miscellaneous Materials: As required to complete the Work.
K. Sampling and Testing of Mortar: Refer to Section 01420: Testing and Inspection.
L. Joint Reinforcement: Truss type, fabricated from 9 gauge cold drawn steel wire complying with
ASTM A82, deformed side rods; out-to-out spacing of side rods 2 inches less than nominal wall
dimension.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Discard units with cracked faces, chipped surfaces, or other defects not complying with
requirements of ASTM C 216.
3.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXING
A. Mortar: Shall provide a minimum strength of 1800 psi unless noted otherwise. Dry, loose
volumes. Mix proportions shall be verified by material testing laboratory.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Grout: Shall provide a minimum strength of 2000 psi unless noted otherwise. Grout strengths in
excess of more than 2000 psi shall be verified by a material testing laboratory.
C. Measurements: Proportion by accurate volume measurements. Measure in calibrated devices
that can be checked at any time.
1. Add water for workable consistency.
2. Shovel measurements are not permitted.
D. Mixing: Place sand, cement, and water in mixer in that order, while mixer is running; mix for 3
minutes, add lime, and admixture (for grout), and continue mixing until a uniform mass is provided,
but in no case less than 10 minutes.
1. Batches of less than one sack of cement, and fractional sack batches are not permitted.
2. Grout shall be transit mixed and shall not be used if more than 1 1/2 hours have passed
since water was added.
E. Re-tempering Time Limit: Re-temper on mortar boards, for at least 3 minutes, but not more than
10 minutes when required, by adding water into a basin formed by mortar, and installing mortar into
it. Dashing, or pouring of water over mortar is not permitted.
1. Do not re-temper mortar which has become hard or non-plastic.
2. Discard mortar, which has not been installed within one hour after original mixing.
F. Ready-Mix Grout: Grout batched off the Project site and delivered by mixer truck shall be subject
to same procedures and controls as prescribed by building code requirements. Refer to Section
014200: Testing and Inspection.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY UNITS
A. Workmanship: Install masonry plumb and true to line
1. Lay-out and incorporate embedded hardware items.
2. Assist other trades with built-in items, which require cutting and fitting of masonry.
3. Cut block units with a diamond saw or carborundum wheel. Trowel or chisel cutting is not
permitted.
4. Keep cavities clear of droppings and debris. Remove promptly.
B. Reinforcing Steel: Install as indicated on Drawings. Except as otherwise indicated, install
reinforcement in accordance with standards of Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to
requirements specified in Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement. Do not splice vertical reinforcing
except where indicated on the Drawings.
C. Shoring: Provide temporary shoring for lintels with sufficient strength to carry load without
deflecting. Remove temporary shoring 28 days after masonry has been installed.
D. Block Installation: Clean dirt and dust from surfaces before installation. Do not wet masonry units
except in very dry weather.
1. Foundation Preparation: clean top of foundation to be free of debris, remove loosen
aggregate by jack hammer if necessary, wash-off by high pressure water jet, and slurry coat
surfaces with neat cement grout for bond to masonry.
2. Install masonry with mortar to required joint thickness. Install blocks with 3/8-inch mortar
bed on entire horizontal surface. Fill head joints solid, install tightly to adjoining units. Provide
3/8-inch joint thickness.
a. Hold racking to a minimum.
b. No toothing is permitted.
c. If it becomes necessary to move a unit after it has been installed, remove the unit,
discard the mortar, and install the unit in fresh mortar.
3. Anchor Bolts: Provide one-inch minimum grout space around protruding bolts.
ATTACHMENT "C"
4. Bond: Unless otherwise indicated, install units in common running bond.
5. Finish Joint Treatment: Unless otherwise indicated, cut both interior and exterior joints
flush, and tool slightly concave to a dense, uniform surface.
6. Grouting: Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, completely fill cells with grout.
E. Steel Door Frames
1. Locate doorframes accurately, install plumb, "Ram-set" or "Rawlplug" to floor surface and
brace in position before start of masonry installation.
a. Frames are specified to be furnished with adjustable anchors.
b. Fill interior of frames solid with mortar or grout as walls are constructed.
2. Provide temporary wood spreaders from jamb to jamb and from head to floor to ensure
that jambs do not bow-in, distort from a straight line, or deflect from superimposed loads during
construction.
F. Reinforcing
1. When a foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical core it shall be sloped at not
more than one horizontal to six vertical. Dowels shall be grouted into a core in vertical alignment
even though it is in an adjacent cell to the vertical wall reinforcing. If foundation dowels are out
of position by more than one inch contact the Owner’s Representative prior to proceeding.
2. Reinforcing bars shall be straight except for bends around corners and where bends or
hooks are detailed on the plans.
3. Horizontal reinforcing shall be laid on the webs of bond beam units, lap 24 inches
minimum and shall be solidly grouted in place. Reinforcing in channel units shall be spaced off the
bottom of the unit 1/4-inch minimum.
4. The clear distance between the surface of a bar and any surface of a masonry unit shall
be not less than 1/2 inch. All reinforcing bars shall have a minimum cover, including masonry unit,
of 1-1/2 inches when exposed to weather and 2 inches when exposed to soil.
5. Bars of size #9 and larger shall be spliced by welding or approved mechanical connector.
6. Reinforcement shall be secured prior to grouting, with suitable devices not over 200 bar
diameters.
7. Reinforcement placing tolerances shall be as specified in 2010 CBC, Chapter 21.
8. Wire tie horizontal to vertical reinforcing at all intersections.
9. Single curtain of reinforcing shall be placed in center of wall unless shown otherwise.
Double curtain of reinforcing shall be placed in wall where shown on the Contract Documents.
10. Place joint reinforcement in horizontal mortar joints at 16 inches on center unless
otherwise indicated. Make reinforcement continuous except at control joints and expansion
joints. Lap reinforcement 6 inches at ends and use prefabricated “T” and “L” sections at corners
and intersections to provide continuity. Provide reinforcement in first and second bed joints
above lintels and below sills extending 2 feet beyond jamb openings.
11. Construct continuous control joints to provide unbroken vertical separation through
entire thickness of walls, in manner indicated and at locations indicated. Where locations are not
indicated, construct control joints throughout unbroken length of interior walls as follows:
a. For low-pressure steam cured units: At approximately 30 feet on center.
b. For autoclaved units: At approximately 50 feet on center.
3.4 LOW-LIFT GROUTING FOR HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS
A. After mortar joints have set, cores are cleaned of mortar and debris, and reinforcing is installed
and inspected, grout cells in 2 feet maximum lifts, providing specified pea gravel grout mix. Refer to
Section 014200: Testing and Inspection.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Grouted walls shall be solid and without voids.
C. Grout may be installed by pump, tremie or bucket, using hoppers to avoid spilling on exposed
surfaces.
D. Place an initial 2 feet high lift around, thoroughly compact, then place balance of each lift,
compacting again through total lift, with hardwood spading sticks or pencil vibrators.
E. Stop grout pours 1-1/2 inches below top of each lift.
F. Remove and discard spilled grout from upper units before grout can harden.
G. Bracing: Adequately brace walls against wind and other forces during and after construction.
H. Re-puddle top of grout after initial set.
3.5 HIGH-LIFT GROUTING OPTION FOR HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS
A. High-lift grouting method is permitted provided following qualifications and requirements are
met. High-lift grouting shall apply only to cell sizes available with 8 inch and wider block units.
B. Provide bond beam units, inverted for start course, and omit alternate blocks or cut openings in
alternate face shell on bottom course for cleanouts.
C. Remove projecting mortar fins. Wash out every cell thoroughly using a water jet, which has
sufficient force to remove mortar from the interior of the cells, and from reinforcing steel.
D. Plug each cleanout by setting a "soap" in mortar into opening and securely bracing it in place to
prevent displacement. If masonry is not exposed in finish Work, cleanouts may be formed.
E. Grouting
1. Grout masonry cells solid, free from voids.
2. Do not install grout until masonry has set a minimum of 3 days in warm weather (50
degrees to 85 degrees F.) or 5 days in cool, damp weather (35 degrees to 50 degrees F.).
3. Pump grout into grout cell space as rapidly as practical. Discard grout not in place within
one hour after water was first added to batch.
4. Install grout with maximum slump without segregation. Place in a continuous pour, in
maximum lifts of 4 feet, with approximately 20 minutes elapsed time between any 2 successive
lifts.
F. Consolidating
1. Consolidate and reconsolidate grout using 3/4-inch lightweight flexible cable vibrators.
2. First consolidation shall be performed to bottom of lift immediately after placement, and
in case of subsequent lifts, through previously placed lift.
3. Top lift shall be reconsolidated no sooner than 30 minutes after grout has been installed.
4. Vibrating of reinforcing steel is not permitted.
G. Bracing: Adequately brace walls against wind and other forces during and after construction.
3.6 CURING
A. Remove efflorescence, stains, debris, excess grout, and foreign matter.
B. During curing, or for any other purpose, do not saturate masonry with water.
C. For low-humidity conditions, dampen the wall surface with a very light fog spray continuously for
3 days to cure mortar in joints.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections: The following testing and inspection services shall be perfo rmed by an
independent testing agency hired by the Owner.
ATTACHMENT "C"
B. Inspection as required of masonry construction shall be provided. Inspection shall be required
during preparation, construction and taking of any required prisms or test specimens at the start of
laying units, after the placement of reinforcement, inspection of grout space, immediately prior to
closing of cleanouts and during all grouting operations.
C. Mortar and Grout Tests
1. Take one test sample of three specimens each, of both mortar and grout, on three
successive working days at the start of the masonry work and daily thereafter. Take additional
samples whenever changes in materials or job conditions occur, or when requested.
2. Mortar specimens per CBC Standard No. 21-16. Test samples per CBC Standard 21-16.
3. Test grout specimens per CBC Standard No. 21-18. Remove masonry unit molds prior to
testing.
D. Unit Tests
1. Test the units that have been delivered to the job site prior to installation/construction
to show compliance with the compressive strength requirements of the Specifications.
2. Sampling and testing shall comply with ASTM C140.
E. Masonry Prism Tests
1. A set of three prisms shall be built and tested during construction for each 5000 square
feet of wall area, but not less than one set of three masonry prisms for each building.
2. Prisms shall be constructed by the Contractor under the observation of the Owner's
Testing Agency.
3. Prism testing shall be in accordance with CBC Standard No. 21-17.
F. Masonry Core Tests: In the event of unsatisfactory prism test results during construction, the
Contractor shall replace the unacceptable work or perform further core tests as described below, at
no additional cost to the Owner.
1. Take two cores with a diameter of 6 inches.
2. Test one core in compression and the other one in shear.
3. Shear testing apparatus shall be as approved by the enforcement agency.
4. The testing laboratory shall inspect the coring of masonry walls.
5. The test report shall indicate:
a. Location and number of cores cut.
b. Conditions of all cores including whether joints were filled and whether cores
failed during coring operation.
3.8 CLEANING
A. At completion of masonry Work, remove misplaced mortar, grout or other foreign substances,
and clean surfaces that will be exposed in finish Work with specified cleaner, or with clean water and
stiff fiber brushes.
B. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion.
Q. METAL FABRICATIONS (Section 05 50 00)
PART 1 - GENERAL
ATTACHMENT "C"
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 apply to this section.
B. Section Includes: Metal fabrications as indicated or required, including items such as the
following:
1. Steel pipe.
2. Square and rectangular steel tubing.
3. Pipe columns.
4. Miscellaneous fabrications, as indicated on the Drawings.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 42 00: Testing and Inspection.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings indicating provided materials, dimensions, anchoring
detail, and details of termination or connection to adjacent construction. Indicate items that
are purchased from a manufacturer and items that are shop fabricated. Indicate component
parts requiring Project site fabrication or assembly.
B. Product Data: Submit Product Data for manufactured items. Submit Product Data for primers
and finishes.
C. Material Samples: Submit Samples of primers and finishes on fabricated items.
D. Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for manufactured items.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement:
1. Design, fabricate, and install miscellaneous metals in accordance with AISC - Design,
Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.
2. AWS D-1.1 Code - Welding in Building Construction.
3. Inspection of Welding: Refer to Section 01 42 00: Testing and Inspection.
4. Welding: Refer to Section 01 42 00: Testing and Inspection.
B. Coordinate installation of accessory items required for metal fabrications.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store miscellaneous metal items above grade on platforms, skids, or other required supports.
B. Protect from corrosion or damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36.
B. Steel Pipe:
ATTACHMENT "C"
1. Steel pipe for pipe columns, and other structural purposes shall conform to ASTM A 500
Grade B.
2. Steel pipe other than pipe furnished for structural purposes shall conform to ASTM A 500
Grade B.
C. Square and Rectangular Steel Tubing:
1. Steel tubing for structural purposes shall be carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 500 Grade
B.
2. Steel tubing other than tubing furnished for structural purposes shall be hot or cold rolled
carbon steel electric welded tubing.
D. Cast Steel: ASTM A 27, Grade 65-35.
E. Steel Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, with bolt head and nut dimensions conforming to ANSI B
18.2.1.
F. Rolled Steel Plates and Shapes:
1. Shapes and plates shall conform to ASTM A 36, except for plates to be bent or cold-formed.
2. Plates to be bent or cold-formed shall conform to ASTM A 283, Grade C.
G. Chain: Chain shall be 4/0 double loop pattern coil chain.
H. Grout: Non-shrinking type; Five Star, or equal.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. General:
1. For fabrication of Work exposed to view, provide only materials smooth and free of
blemishes. Remove blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding, before cleaning,
treating, and installation of surface finishes including zinc coatings.
2. Form exposed Work true to line and level with accurate angles, surfaces, and straight sharp
edges.
3. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated or
specified.
4. Form bent metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation
or otherwise damaging Work.
5. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth. Provide concealed
fasteners wherever possible.
6. Remove loose rust, mill scale, cutting, and punching burrs.
7. Fabricate items in as large sections as practical to minimize assembly at the Project
B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports:
1. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, of
necessary dimensions to receive adjacent Work retained by framing.
2. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 2 feet on center, and provide minimum
anchor units of 1-1/4 inch x 1/4 inch x 8 inch steel straps.
3. Shelf angles for exterior construction shall be galvanized steel of sizes indicated.
ATTACHMENT "C"
C. Welding:
1. Weld connections unless otherwise indicated.
2. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with requirements of AWS Code.
Welds shall be inspected as required in Section 05120: Structural Steel.
3. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.
D. Galvanizing:
1. ASTM A 123, ASTM A 153, or ASTM A 386, as applicable, hot dip with 2.0 ounces per square
foot on actual surface and 1.8 ounces per square foot minimum on any specimen, and as
specified herein.
2. Galvanizing Repair Material: All States Galvanizing Powder, Drygalv by American Solder and
Flux, or equal. Hot applied repair material, or anodic zinc- rich galvanizing repair paint
conforming to Mil Spec DOD-P-21035.
3. Items to be galvanized shall be hot-dip galvanized in sections as large as possible.
E. Shop Finish:
1. Metal fabrications shall be provided with a coat of primer, except those indicated to be
completed with exposed galvanized finish.
2. Primer: Lead-free red metal primer complying with Fed Spec TT-P-86G, Type I, II, or III; zinc
molybdate complying with Fed Spec TT-P-645A. Minimum dry film thickness of primer shall
be 2.0 mils.
3. Preparation for Primer Painting: Miscellaneous ferrous metal, except items specified
galvanized, shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting, including removal of
shipping oils or protective coatings, mill scale, grease, dirt and rust. Prepare in accordance
with SSPC recommendations. Deliver to Project site primed or galvanized as indicated, and
ready to receive Project site applied finishes.
4. Galvanized Metal Work to receive Paint: Clean oil, grease and other foreign materials from
surfaces. Apply vinyl wash pretreatment coating. Follow manufacturer's instructions for
drying time, and then prime with one coat of metal primer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Install min ¼” thick end plate and/or cap plate at all exposed pipe/tube steel section with
3/16 continuous fillet weld all round.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Touch Up Damaged Surfaces:
1. Shop Painted Finishes: Comply with SSPC-PA-1 for touch-up; apply with brush to produce a
minimum 2.0 mil dry film thickness.
2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, connections and damaged areas. Repair galvanized
finishes in accord with ASTM A 780.
3.3 CLEAN UP
ATTACHMENT "C"
A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion.
R. BRICK MASONRY (Section 04210)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division One apply to this section.
B. Section Includes:
1. Brick masonry as indicated.
2. Reinforcing steel and dowels imbedded in concrete.
3. Setting of anchors, bearing plates and other work to be embedded into masonry.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 03100: Concrete Forms and Accessories.
2. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement.
3. Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete.
4. Section 05500: Metal Fabrications.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Material Samples:
1. Submit samples of each type of brick.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement:
1. ASTM C 5 - Quicklime for Structural Purposes.
2. ASTM C 62 - Building Brick.
3. ASTM C 67 - Sampling and Testing Brick.
4. ASTM C 144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
ATTACHMENT "C"
5. ASTM C 207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
6. ASTM C 216 - Facing Brick.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store brick units above ground on level platform which will allow air circulation under stacked
units.
B. Cover and protect from wetting prior to use.
C. Store cementitious ingredients in weather tight enclosures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Common Brick: ASTM C 62, Grade S.W. Type FBS.
B. Face Brick: ASTM C 216, Grade S.W. Type FBS, size as indicated, color and texture as selected.
C. Mortar and Grout Sand: Natural sand or sand manufactured by crushing stone or gravel,
conforming to ASTM C 144, except that not less than 3 percent shall pass a No. 100 sieve.
D. Cement: ASTM C 150, Portland Cement, Type I or II, low Alkali.
E. Hydrated Lime: Standard brand conforming to ASTM C 207, type S.
1. Kel-Crete may be substituted for lime, when approved by the Architect.
F. Mortar Color: Pure mineral pigment, lime-proof, non-fading, designed for use in mortar, color as
selected by the Architect.
G. Water: Clean and potable, free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, salts or organic
materials.
H. Reinforcing: As specified in Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Accurately and uniformly execute patterns and details, maintaining indicated face bond. Keep
courses level and true to line, each tier plumb, with clean, straight and uniformly thick joints.
Maintain vertical joints plumb from top to bottom in corresponding courses. Toothing prohibited;
hold racking to a minimum.
B. Set and build in anchors, bolts, sleeves and other items required by work of other trades and
maintain position of work set by others.
C. Brick shall be clean and free of dirt, dust and other deleterious substances before laying. Do not
lay any units until approval of District Inspector has been received.
ATTACHMENT "C"
D. All brick shall be damp when laid. Allow surface water to drain off before using. When being laid,
brick shall have sufficient absorption to hold mortar and to remove excess grout water, but shall
be damp enough that mortar will remain plastic for leveling and plumbing without breaking
mortar bond.
E. All brick shall be whole except where otherwise detailed. Lay in a full bed of unfurrowed mortar.
Solidly fill head joints with mortar and shove brick into place. If a brick must be moved or shifted
after laying, remove all setting mortar, thoroughly clean the brick and relay with fresh mortar.
F. Lay brick with uniform joints, thickness as indicated, perform joint finishing while mortar is still
soft. Trowel all exposed exterior joints flush and tool with a round bar, or tool, to produce a dense
slightly concave surface. Exposed interior joints shall be finished flush. Cut off unexposed joints
flush with face of brick. Lay brick in bond pattern indicated on Drawings. Coping and wall cap
courses shall be as detailed.
G. Top surfaces of walls shall be kept free of mortar and grout droppings, and before continuing
work previously stopped, thoroughly clean brick and joints and dampen top surfaces with water.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Lime Putty: Made from hydrated lime. Lime putty shall weigh no less than 83 pounds per cubic
foot.
B. Mortar: One part portland cement, not less than 1/4 part nor more than 1/2 part lime putty or
dry hydrated lime and not more than 4 parts of sand based on dry loose volumes. Mortar shall
attain a minimum strength of 1,800 psi.
C. Reinforcement: Clean of mill scale, loose rust, oil and coatings which would reduce bond.
Securely anchor in place.
D. Measurement: Accurately measure materials in suitable calibrated devices. Shovel
measurements are not acceptable. Allowance for bulking of sand when measured damp loose
shall not exceed 20 percent.
E. Mixing: Place sand, cement and water in mixer in that order for each batch of mortar or grout
and mix as long as needed to secure a uniform mass, but in no case less than 10 minutes. Add
lime for mortar after initial 2 minutes of mixing time. Use only paddle type mixers of at least one-
sack capacity. Batches requiring fractional sacks will not be permitted unless cement is weighed
for each such batch. Mortar and grout awaiting use shall be turned and remixed as required to
maintain a workable mix. Retempering of grout will not be permitted. Retempering of mortar
shall be done only by adding water into a basin made with mortar and mortar carefully worked
into it. Retempering by dashing water over mortar will not be permitted. Any mortar or grout
which is unused within one hour after initial mixing shall be removed from work. Mortar shall be
mixed and maintained on boards to a slump of 2-3/4 inch, plus or minus 1/4 inch, using a
truncated cone 4 inches to 2 inches, 6 inches high.
3.03 ERECTION
A. Brick Veneer on Concrete Block:
ATTACHMENT "C"
1. Anchor brick veneer over concrete block walls by means of seismic veneer anchors spaced 32
inches on center each way, set into concrete block with ¼” x 1” Tapcon screw, 1” minimum
embedment. Install continuous 9 gauge straight galvanized wires into anchors.
2. Lay brick veneer with a 1/2 inch minimum grout space between concrete block and back of
brick. Fill grout spaces completely.
3.04 FINISHING
A. Non completion, holes, cracks and all defects in mortar joints shall be neatly pointed with mortar
and made weather tight.
B. Keep brickwork continuously moist with a nozzle-regulated fog spray for at least 3 days after
laying.
ATTACHMENT "C"
Appendix A
CITY STANDARD PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
TO BE EXECUTED
ATTACHMENT "C"
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
PROJECT ____________________________________________________
THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this ____ day of
_________________________, by and between the CITY OF TEMPLE CITY, a
Municipal Corporation located in the County of Los Angeles, State of California (“CITY”),
and ____________________________, [a corporation/partnership/limited liability
company corporation, located at _____________________________
(“CONTRACTOR”), collectively referred to as the Parties.
RECITALS
A. CITY, by its Notice Inviting Bids, duly advertised for written bids to be submitted
on or before ______________________________, for the following:
__________________________________
__________________________________
in the City of Temple City, California (“Project”).
B. At ________________ on said date, in the Temple City Council Chambers, the
bids submitted for the Project were opened.
C. At its regular meeting held on ________________________, the City Council of
CITY accepted the bid of CONTRACTOR for the Project as being the lowest
responsive bid received and directed that a written contract be entered into with
CONTRACTOR.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties do hereby agree as follows:
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. This Agreement consists of the following
documents (“Contract Documents”), all of which are made a part of this Agreement:
(a) Notice Inviting Bids
(b) Instructions to Bidders
(c) Bid Form
(d) Bid Proposal and/or Contract Proposal, as accepted, including the
Certificate of Bidders’ Experience and Qualifications and the List of Subcontractors
LA #4814-2634-9072 v3
REVISED 7/29/16
ATTACHMENT "C"
(e) Information Required by Bidder
(f) Notice of Award
(g) Notice to Proceed
(h) This Agreement
(i) Verification of California Contractor’s License
(j) Contractor’s Certificate Regarding Workers’ Compensation
(k) Security for payment (labor and materials)
(l) Security for performance
(m) Certificate(s) of Insurance
(n) General Conditions/Specifications
(o) Special Provisions
(p) Plans and Standard Drawings
(q) Prevailing Wage Scales
(r) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, including
subsequent addenda and supplements
(s) Change orders issued by the City and signed by the Contractor pertaining
to the Contract after the Contract is awarded to Contractor
(t) All addenda issued by the City with respect to the foregoing prior to the
opening of bids, including, Addenda Nos. _______.
(u) Other documents (list here)
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
In the event there is a conflict between the terms of the Contract Documents, the more
specific or stringent provision shall govern.
ATTACHMENT "C"
2. SCOPE OF WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to perform all work required for the
Project and to fulfill all other obligations as set forth in the Contract Documents (“Work”).
Except as specifically provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR must
furnish all of the labor, materials, tools, equipment, services and transportation
necessary to perform all of the Work. CONTRACTOR must perform all of the Work in
strict accordance with the Contract Documents.
3. COMPENSATION & PAYMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive and
accept the total amount of ______________________ Dollars ($___________), based
upon those certain unit prices set forth in CONTRACTOR’s Bid Schedule, a copy of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and incorporated herein by this reference, as full
compensation for the Work. Said compensation shall cover all expenses, losses,
damages, and consequences arising out of the nature of the Work during its progress or
prior to its acceptance, including those for well and faithfully completing the Work in the
manner and time specified in the Contract Documents, and also including those arising
form actions of the elements, unforeseen difficulties or obstructions encountered in the
prosecution of the Work, suspension or discontinuance of the Work, and all other
unknowns or risks of any description connected with the Work. CITY shall retain five
percent (5%) of the compensation until the provisions of Section 14 herein have been
met. CITY hereby agrees to pay CONTRACTOR at the time, in the manner, and upon
the conditions set forth in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
4. UNAUTHORIZED ALIENS. CONTRACTOR promises and agrees to comply
with all of the provisions of State and Federal law with respect to the employment of
unauthorized aliens, including without limitation the Federal Immigration and Nationality
Act (8 USCA 1101, et seq.), as amended. Should CONTRACTOR employ one or more
unauthorized aliens for the performance of the Work, and should the Federal
Government impose sanctions against the CITY for such use of unauthorized aliens,
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to, and shall, reimburse CITY for the cost of all
sanctions imposed, together with any and all costs, including attorney’s fees, incurred
by the CITY in connection therewith.
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. CONTRACTOR hereby represents
and warrants that:
(a) It is not currently, and has not at any time within the past five (5) calendar
years been, suspended, debarred, or excluded from participating in, bidding on,
contracting for, or completing any project funded in whole or in part by program, grant or
loan funded by the federal government or the State of California; and
(b) CONTRACTOR currently has, and for the past five (5) calendar years has
maintained in good standing, a valid California contractor’s license; and
(c) CONTRACTOR is registered with the Department of Industrial Relations
to perform services on public works projects as required by Labor Code section 1725.5.
ATTACHMENT "C"
CONTRACTOR agrees to complete and execute any statement or certificate to this
effect as may be required by the City or by any federal or State of California program,
loan or grant utilized on this Project.
6. TIME TO PERFORM THE WORK. CONTRACTOR shall commence the Work
on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed to be issued to CONTRACTOR by the
Director of Public Works of CITY, and shall complete work on the Project within
__________________ (___) days after commencement.
7. NONDISCRIMINATION. CONTRACTOR shall not discriminate in its recruiting,
hiring, promotion, demotion or termination practices on the basis of race, religious
creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical
condition, martial status, sex, age, or sexual orientation in the performance of this
Agreement, and shall comply with the provisions of the California Fair Employment and
Housing Act as set forth in Part 2.8 of Division 3, Title 2 of the California Government
Code; the Federal Civil Rights Act of 1964, as set forth in Public Law 88-352, and all
amendments thereto; Executive Order 11246; and all administrative rules and
regulations issued pursuant to such acts and order.
8. LABOR CODE REQUIREMENTS.
(a) CONTRACTOR is aware of and agrees to abide by the provisions of
California Labor Code Sections 1720, et seq., as well as Sections 1771, 1773, 1773.1,
1773.6, 1773.7, 1774, 1775, 1776 and 1777, pertaining to the obligation to pay
prevailing wages with respect to the performance of work (“Prevailing Wage Laws”).
Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages and the general prevailing rate for
holiday and overtime work for each craft are available upon request from the City. A
copy of the prevailing rate of per diem wages shall be posted at the job site. If such
posting is not possible, a copy shall be posted at the business of the CONTRACTOR.
(b) CONTRACTOR acknowledges that under California Labor Code sections
1810 and following, eight hours of labor constitutes a legal day’s work. CONTRACTOR
will forfeit as a penalty to City the sum of $25.00 for each worker employed in the
execution of this Agreement by CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor for each calendar
day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any
one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions
of Labor Code section 1810. (Labor Code § 1813.)
(c) CONTRACTOR must comply with Labor Code section 1771.1(a), which
provides that CONTRACTOR is only eligible to perform the Work if CONTRACTOR is
registered with the Department of Industrial Relations as required by Labor Code
Section 1725.5, and that CONTRACTOR may award subcontracts for work that
qualifies as a “public work” only to subcontractors which are at the time of award
registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5.
CONTRACTOR must obtain proof of such registration from all such subcontractors.
ATTACHMENT "C"
(d) CONTRACTOR, and any subcontractor engaged by CONTRACTOR,
must pay not less than the specified prevailing rate of per diem wages to all workers
employed in the execution of this Agreement. (Labor Code § 1774.) CONTRACTOR is
responsible for compliance with Labor Code section 1776 relative to the retention and
inspection of payroll records.
(e) CONTRACTOR must comply with all provisions of Labor Code section
1775. Under Section 1775, Contractor may forfeit as a penalty to City up to $50.00 for
each worker employed in the execution of the Agreement by CONTRACTOR or any
subcontractor for each calendar day, or portion thereof, in which the worker is paid less
than the prevailing rates. Contractor may also be liable to pay the difference between
the prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to each worker for each calendar day, or
portion thereof, for which each worker was paid less than the prevailing wage rate.
(f) Nothing in this Agreement prevents CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor
from employing properly registered apprentices in the execution of the Agreement.
CONTRACTOR is responsible for compliance with Labor Code section 1777.5 for all
apprenticeable occupations. This statute requires that contractors and subcontractors
must submit contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship
committee, must employ apprentices in apprenticeable occupations in a ratio of not less
than one hour of apprentice’s work for every five hours of labor performed by a
journeyman (unless an exception is granted under §1777.5), must contribute to the fund
or funds in each craft or trade or a like amount to the California Apprenticeship Council,
and that contractors and subcontractors must not discriminate among otherwise
qualified employees as apprentices solely on the ground of sex, race, religion, creed,
national origin, ancestry or color. Only apprentices defined in Labor Code section 3077,
who are in training under apprenticeship standards and who have written apprentice
contracts, may be employed on public works in apprenticeable occupations.
(g) CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold the CITY, its elected
officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability
arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws.
9. PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS.
(a) CONTRACTOR shall, without disturbing the condition, notify CITY in
writing as soon as CONTRACTOR, or any of CONTRACTOR’s subcontractors, agents
or employees have knowledge and reporting is possible, of the discovery of any of the
following conditions:
(i) The presence of any material that the CONTRACTOR believes is
hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code;
(ii) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from
those indicated in the specifications; or,
ATTACHMENT "C"
(iii) Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature,
different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as
inherent in work of this character provided for in this Agreement.
(b) Pending a determination by CITY of appropriate action to be taken,
CONTRACTOR shall provide security measures (e.g., fences) adequate to prevent the
hazardous waste or physical conditions from causing bodily injury to any person.
(c) CITY shall promptly investigate the reported conditions. If CITY, through
its Director of Public Works, or his or her designee, and in the exercise of its sole
discretion, determines that the conditions do materially differ, or do involve hazardous
waste, and will cause a decrease or increase in the CONTRACTOR’s cost of, or time
required for, performance of any part of the Work, then CITY shall issue a change order.
(d) In the event of a dispute between CITY and CONTRACTOR as to whether
the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or
increase in the CONTRACTOR’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part
of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date,
and shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Agreement. CONTRACTOR
shall retain any and all rights which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests
between the parties.
10. INDEMNITY. CONTRACTOR shall assume the defense of and indemnify and
hold harmless the CITY, its elective and appointive boards, officers, agents and
employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and
description, directly or indirectly arising form the performance of the Work, regardless of
responsibility of negligence; and from any and all claims, loss, damage, injury and
liability, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the Work covered by this
Agreement, regardless of responsibility of negligence.
(a) CITY does not, and shall not, waive any rights against CONTRACTOR
which it may have because of the acceptance by CITY or the deposit with CITY by
CONTRACTOR, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter described in this
Agreement.
(b) The indemnity provided by CONTRACTOR shall apply to all damages and
claims for damages of every kind suffered, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason
of any of the Work by CONTRACTOR, or any subcontractor, regardless of whether
insurance policies are applicable to any of the damages or claims for damages.
(c) The provisions of this section do not apply to claims occurring as a result
of the City’s sole negligence or willful acts or omissions.
(d) The provisions of this section will survive the expiration or earlier
termination of this Agreement.
ATTACHMENT "C"
11. BONDS. CONTRACTOR, before commencing the Work, shall furnish and file
with CITY a bond, or bonds, in a form satisfactory to the CITY, in the sum of one
hundred percent (100%) of the compensation amount stated in Section 3 of this
Agreement conditioned upon the faithful performance of this Agreement and a bond, or
bonds, in a form satisfactory to the CITY, in the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of
the compensation amount stated in Section 3 of this Agreement conditioned upon the
payment of all labor and materials furnished in connection with this Agreement.
12. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR shall not commence the Work until
CONTRACTOR has obtained all insurance required by the Contract Documents and
such insurance has been approved by CITY as to form, amount and carrier.
CONTRACTOR shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on any
subcontract until all similar insurance required of the subcontractor have been obtained
and approved.
(a) Workers’ Compensation. CONTRACTOR shall take out and maintain,
during the life of this Agreement, Worker’s Compensation Insurance for all of
CONTRACTOR’s employees employed at the Project site; and, if any work is sublet,
CONTRACTOR shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Worker’s
Compensation Insurance for all of the latter’s employees, unless such employees are
covered by the protection afforded by CONTRACTOR. If any class of employees
engaged in Work under this Agreement at the Project site is not protected under any
Workers’ Compensation law, CONTRACTOR shall provide and shall cause each
subcontractor to provide adequate insurance for the protection of employees not
otherwise protected. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify CITY for any damage resulting
from failure of either CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor to take out or maintain such
insurance.
(b) Comprehensive General Liability, Products/Completed Operations Hazard,
Comprehensive Automobile Liability and Contractual General Liability Insurance.
CONTRACTOR shall take out and maintain during the life of this Agreement such
comprehensive general liability, products/completed operations hazard, comprehensive
automobile liability and contractual general liability insurance as shall protect CITY, its
elective and appointive boards, officers, agents and employees, CONTRACTOR, and
any subcontractor performing work covered by this Agreement, from claims for damage
for personal injury, including death, as well as from claims for property damage which
may arise from CONTRACTOR’s or any subcontractor’s operations under this
Agreement, whether such operations be by CONTRACTOR or by any subcontractor, or
by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either CONTRACTOR or any
subcontractor, and the amounts of such insurance shall be as follows:
(i) Public Liability Insurance in an amount of not less than ONE
MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000);
(ii) Products/Completed Operations Hazard Insurance in an amount of
not less than ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000);
ATTACHMENT "C"
(iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance in an amount of not
less than ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000);
(iv) Contractual General Liability Insurance in an amount of not less
than ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000).
A combined single limit policy with aggregate limits in an amount of not less than TWO
MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000) shall be considered equivalent to the required
minimum limits set forth hereinabove.
(c) Proof of Insurance. The insurance required by this Agreement shall be
with insurers which are Best A rated, and California Admitted or better. CITY shall be
named as “additional insured” on all policies required hereunder, and CONTRACTOR
shall furnish CITY, concurrently with the execution hereof, with satisfactory proof of
carriage of the insurance required, and adequate legal assurance that each carrier will
give CITY at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice of the cancellation of any policy during
the effective period of this Agreement.
(d) Notice to Proceed. The CITY will not issue any notice authorizing
CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor to commence the Work under this Agreement until
CONTRACTOR has provided to the CITY the proof of insurance as required by this
Section 12.
13. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. The parties agree that it would be impractical and
extremely difficult to fix the actual damages to the CITY in the event the Project is not
commenced and/or completed on or before the dates specified for commencement and
completion of the Project in the Contract Documents. The parties have considered the
facts of a breach of this Agreement and have agreed that the liquidated damages sum
hereinafter set forth is reasonable as liquidated damages in the event of a breach, and
that said sum shall be presumed to be the amount of the damages sustained by the
CITY in the event such work is not begun and/or completed and accepted by the times
so specified in the Contract Documents. The sum of ONE THOUSAND DOLLARS
($1,000.00) shall be presumed to be the amount of damages suffered by the CITY for
each day’s delay in the starting and/or completion and acceptance of the Project after
the dates specified in the Contract Documents for the start and/or completion thereof,
and CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to pay said sum of ONE THOUSAND DOLLARS
($1,000.00) as liquidated damages for each day of delay in the starting and/or
completing and acceptance of said Project beyond the dates specified in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Any and all such liquidated damages assessed shall be
done in accordance with that certain edition of the Standard Specification for Public
Works Construction currently in effect on the execution date of this Agreement.
CONTRACTOR CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
ATTACHMENT "C"
By ___________________________ By __________________________
Date: Date:
14. NOTICE OF COMPLETION. Upon completion of PROJECT and acceptance of
same by the City Council of the CITY, the City Manager of the CITY shall cause to be
recorded a Notice of Completion with the office of the Los Angeles County Recorder;
and, after thirty-five (35) days from the date said Notice of Completion is recorded, the
Director of Finance of CITY shall release the funds retained pursuant to Section 3
hereof; provided there have been no mechanics’ liens or stop notices filed against the
Work which have not been paid, withdrawn or eliminated as liens against said work.
15. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. In performing the Work, CONTRACTOR must
comply with all applicable statutes, laws and regulations, including, but not limited to,
OSHA requirements and the Temple City Municipal Code. Contractor must, at
Contractor’s sole expense, obtain all necessary permits and licenses required for the
Work, and give all necessary notices and pay all fees and taxes required by law,
including, without limitation, any business license tax imposed by City.
16. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is and will at all times remain
as to CITY a wholly independent contractor. Neither the CITY nor any of its officers,
employees, or agents will have control over the conduct of CONTRACTOR or any of
CONTRACTOR’s officers, employees, agents or subcontractors, except as expressly
set forth in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR may not at any time or in any
manner represent that it or any of its officers, employees, agents, or subcontractors are
in any manner officers, employees, agents or subcontractors of CITY.
17. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
(a) Authority to Execute. Each Party represents and warrants that all
necessary action has been taken by such Party to authorize the undersigned to execute
this Agreement and to bind it to the performance of its obligations.
(b) Assignment. CONTRACTOR may not assign this Agreement without the
prior written consent of CITY, which consent may be withheld in the CITY’s sole
discretion since the experience and qualifications of CONTRACTOR were material
considerations for this Agreement.
(c) Binding Effect. This Agreement is binding upon the heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the Parties.
(d) Integrated Agreement. This Agreement, including the Contract
Documents, is the entire, complete, final and exclusive expression of the Parties with
respect to the Work to be performed under this Agreement and supersedes all other
agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, between CONTRACTOR and
CITY prior to the execution of this Agreement.
ATTACHMENT "C"
(e) Modification of Agreement. No amendment to or modification of this
Agreement will be valid unless made in writing and approved by CONTRACTOR and by
the City Council or City Manager of CITY, as applicable. The Parties agree that this
requirement for written modifications cannot be waived and that any attempted waiver
will be void.
(f) Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be
executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of
which, when taken together, constitute one and the same instrument. Amendments to
this Agreement will be considered executed when the signature of a party is delivered
by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will have the same effect as an
original signature.
(g) Waiver. Waiver by any Party of any term, condition, or covenant of this
Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any other term, condition, or covenant. Waiver
by any Party of any breach of the provisions of this Agreement will not constitute a
waiver of any other provision, or a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation of any
provision of this Agreement. Acceptance by City of any Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will not constitute a waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
(h) Interpretation. This Agreement will be interpreted, construed and governed
according to the laws of the State of California. Each party has had the opportunity to
review this Agreement with legal counsel. The Agreement will be construed simply, as
a whole, and in accordance with its fair meaning. It will not be interpreted strictly for or
against either party.
(i) Severability. If any term, condition or covenant of this Agreement is
declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will not be affected and the
Agreement will be read and construed without the invalid, void or unenforceable
provision.
(j) Attorneys’ Fees. The prevailing party in any action to resolve a dispute
concerning this Agreement shall be entitled to have and recover from the losing party
the reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of such action.
(k) Venue. In the event of litigation between the parties, venue in state trial
courts will be in the County of Los Angeles. In the event of litigation in a U.S. District
Court, venue will be in the Central District of California, in Los Angeles.
(l) Notices. All written notices required or permitted to be given under this
Agreement will be deemed made when received by the other Party at its respective
address as follows:
To CITY: City of Temple City
9701 Las Tunas Drive
Temple City, California 91780
Attention: ____________
ATTACHMENT "C"
(Tel.) _______________
(Fax) _______________
To Contractor: ______________________
______________________
______________________
Attention: ______________
(Tel.) _____________
(Fax) _____________
Notice will be deemed effective on the date personally delivered or
transmitted by facsimile. If the notice is mailed, notice will be deemed
given three days after deposit of the same in the custody of the United
States Postal Service, postage prepaid, for first class delivery, or upon
delivery if using a major courier service with tracking capabilities.
Any Party may change its notice information by giving notice to the other
Party in compliance with this section.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to be
executed on the _____ day of _____________________, 20__, by their respective
officers duly authorized in that behalf.
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY, a municipal
corporation
ATTEST:
By______________________________
___________________, Mayor
_______________________________
Peggy Kuo, City Clerk
Date:
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
___________________________________
Eric S. Vail, City Attorney
_____________________, a [state type
of entity]
ATTACHMENT "C"
By______________________________
_____________________, ________
By______________________________
_____________________, ________
ATTACHMENT "C"
ATTACHMENT "C"
ATTACHMENT "C"
Appendix B
PROJECT PLANS
ATTACHMENT "C"
SIGNATURE
Paul A. Nota
11/30/16
L O S T W E S T
L A N D S C A P E A R C H I T E C T U R E
GARDENS PARKS CITIES
TEL: (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16
PLOTTING HISTORY-
11/30/16 - Version 1
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING
LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
ATTACHMENT "C"
GENERAL NOTES
I. UNLESS OT'"ERWISE NOTED, ALL WORK S'"ALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WIT'" mE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION <SSPWCl", "CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES <CA
MUTCDJ, "CAL TRANS STANDARD PLANS", "STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORK CONSTRUCTION" ALL LA TEST EDITION WITH
ALL CURRENT SUPPLEMENTS, THE GENERAL PROVISIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS IN T'"E CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
2. PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF ANY WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A PERMIT PROM THE CITY OF TEMPLE.
3. ALL WORK COVERED BY THIS PLAN SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. REQUEST FOR INSPECTION SERVICE
S'"ALL BE MADE 24-HOURS IN ADVANCE AT (626) 656-7315.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT CU.S.A.J 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK.
UPON EXPOSING ANY UTILITY'S UNDERGROUND FACILITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UTILITY IMMEDIATELY.
5. IT S'"ALL BE T'"E RESPONSIBILITY OF T'"E CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE ALL UTILITIES OF EVERY NATURE, W'"ET'"ER S'"OWN
HEREON OR NOT, TO PROTECT THEM PROM DAMAGE WITHIN THE ALIGNMENT OF THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE TOTAL EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF UTILITIES DAMAGED BY OPERATIONS
IN CONNECTION WIT'" T'"E PROSECUTION IF THE WORK.
6. THE CONTRACTOR S'"ALL NOT CONDUCT ANY OPERATIONS OR PERFORM ANY WORK PERTAINING TO T'"E PROJECT
BETWEEN 5•00 P.M. AND 8•00 A.M. ON ANY DAY NOR ON SATURDAY, SUNDAY, HOLIDAY AT ANY TIME EXCEPT AS
APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
7. THE CONTRACTOR S'"ALL PROTECT AND RESTORE EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS AS PER SECTION 5-I, 5-2-AND
7-9 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION.
8. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED mAT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ALL MATERIALS
REMOVED UNDER CLEARING AND GRUBBING SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE
REMOVED DISPOSED PROM T'"E JOBSITE UNLESS INSTRUCTED BY T'"E ENGINEER TO DO OTHERWISE.
9. THE CONTRACTOR S'"ALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE FOR PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE AND SECURE T'"E
PROJECT AS WELL AS ADJOINING PROPERTIES DURING mE DURATION OF PROJECT.
10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
PER CA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES CMUTCDJ TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. A MINIMUM
OF ONE LANE OF TRAFFIC SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIME DURING WORKING '"OURS ALONG TEMPLE CITY BLVD. AND
WORKMAN AVE. AND SHALL BE RESTORED TO T'"E ORIGINAL TRAFFIC LANE APTER WORK '"OURS UNLESS APPROVED
OTHERWISE BY THE ENGINEER.
II. THE CONTRACTOR S'"ALL PROVIDE 72-'"0UR NOTIFICATION TO T'"E AFFECTED PROPERTIES, POLICE DEPARTMENT AND
FIRE DEPARTMENT IN mE EVENT OF A C'"ANGE IN STREET CLOSURE TO TRAPPIC AND/OR PUBLIC SAFETY VE'"ICLES,
PARKING RESTRICTION, AND ON EACH MONDAY DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.
12. ALL EXISTING PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE <P.C.C.l AND ASP'"ALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT S'"ALL BE SAWCUT, PULL
DEPT'", TO A TRUE LINE W'"ERE NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT IS TO JOIN.
13. ALONG ROADWAYS S'"ALL BE BACKFILLED AT mE END OF EAC'" WORKING DAY AND ROAD OPEN TO VE'"ICULAR
TRAFFIC UNLESS APPROVED BY T'"E ENGINEER.
14. CONSTRUCTION SITES S'"ALL BE MAINTAINED IN SUC'" A CONDITION THAT A STORM DOES NOT CARRY WASTES OR
POLLUTANTS OFF THE SITE. DISCHARGES OTHER THAN STORMWATER lNON-STORMWATER DISCHARGESJ ARE PROHIBITED
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BY AN INDIVIDUAL NPDES PERMIT OR THE STATEWIDE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER
PERMIT.
15. IT S'"ALL BE T'"E CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY TO NOTIFY AND COORDINATE WIT'" ALL AFFECTED UTILITY PURVEYOR OF
THE WORK NEEDED TO ADJUST AND/OR RELOCATE UTILITY FACILITIES AS NOTED ON THE PLAN.
16. THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF THE UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR CONTACTS•
JO'"ANNA MUNOZ
SOUT'"ERN CALIFORNIA EDISON
DUANE GREEN
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY
ANNA LIMAS
ATET
JESSE GONZALES
CHARTER COMMUNICATION
LA COUNTY SEWER MAINTENANCE DISTRICT
WAYNE GOE'"RING
EAST PASADENA WATER COMPANY
CGARABALDI AVE TO E. CAMINO REAL A VEl
TROY
SUNNY SLOPE WATER COMPANY
CLIVE OAK AVE TO GARIBALDI A VE.l
LOUIE ROMERO
CALIFORNIA AMERICAN WATER CO
<BLACKLEY ST TO LIVE OAK A VEl
<ELLIS LANE TO LOWER AZUSA RD.l
BOB NILA
GOLDEN STATE WATER CO
LOWER AZUSA RD TO BLACKLEY ST
(6261 303-84 73
(310) 687-2055
(6261 570-5314
(6261 430-3570
(6261 300-3399
(6261 793-6189
(6261 287-5238
(626) 614 2500
(626) 446 1547
NO. REVISIONS
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P17-05
-
-
\
'*'PROJECT SITE I
\..lJ NOT TO SCALE
ffl AREA MAP
d j NOT TO SCALE
REV1SED BY APPROVED BY DATE
-..
APPROVED:
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
~sc~
1/} ~
~ N0.2973 ~
TRAFFIC CONTROL GENERAL NOTES:
I ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL WORK FOR CONSTRUCTION Sl-iALL CONFORM TO PART
6-TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL OF Tl-iE CA-MUTCD, ANY ADDENDUMS TO OR
LA TEST EDITION AND ALL O.S.I-i.A. REQUIREMENTS.
2 Tl-iE CONTRACTOR Sl-iALL 1-iAVE ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS, DELINEATORS,
ETC., PROPERLY INSTALLED PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION.
3 Tl-iE CONTRACTOR Sl-iALL MAINTAIN ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS,
DELINEATORS, ETC., TO ENSURE PROPER FLOW AND SAFETY OF TRAFFIC
Wl-iiLE WORKING IN Tl-iE STREET.
4 ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED IN Tl-iE FIELD. Tl-iE
CONTRACTOR Sl-iALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC
CONTROL DEVICES REQUIRED BY Tl-iE CITY INSPECTOR/REPRESENTATIVES
TO ASSURE PUBLIC SAFETY AT ALL TIMES.
5 Tl-iE CONTRACTOR Sl-iALL UTILIZE A FLAGMAN DURING CONSTRUCTION WORK AS
DEEMED NECESSARY BY Tl-iE AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE.
6 ARROW BOARDS Sl-iALL BE USED ON ANY LANE CLOSURE ON ARTERIAL
STREETS.
7 MAINTAIN ONE TRAFFIC LANE IN BOTI-i DIRECTIONS AT ALL TIMES.
8 ALL TRAFFIC LANES MUST BE OPEN ON WEEK ENDS AND 1-iOLIDA YS.
9 ANY DEVIATION TO Tl-iE TRAFFIC LANE REQUIREMENTS Sl-iALL REQUIRE Tl-iE CITY
ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. A MINIMUM 24 1-iOURS ADVANCE NOTICE INS REQUIRED.
INDEX TO PROJECT DRAWINGS
S'"EET NO. DWG. NO. S'"EET DESCRIPTION
Tl OF I I OF 18 PROJECT TITLE SHEET
Cl OP4 2 OF 18 CIVIL• GENERAL NOTES
C2 OF 4 3 OF 18 CIVIL• PRECISE GRADING E PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENT PLAN
C3 OF 4 4 OF 18 CIVIL• SECTIONS E DETAILS
C4 OF 4 5 OF 18 CIVIL• EROSION CONTROL PLAN
L1 OF 5 6 OF 18 LANDSCAPE• LAY -OUT PLAN
L2 OF 5 7 OF 18 LANDSCAPE• IRRIGATION PLAN
L3 OF 5 8 OF 18 LANDSCAPE• PLANTING PLAN
L4 OF 5 9 OF 18 LANDSCAPE• TRELLIS ELEVATIONS
L5 OF 5 10 OPI8 LANDSCAPE• LANDSCAPE DETAILS
SO.I OF 8 II OF 18 STRUCTURAL• GENERAL NOTES
S0.2 OF 8 12 OF 18 STRUCTURAL• CONCRETE TYPICAL DETAILS
S0.3 OF 8 13 OF 18 STRUCTURAL• CONCRETE MASONRY TYPICAL DETAILS
S0.5 OF 8 14 OF 18 STRUCTURAL• ELEVATIONS
SI.O OF 8 15 OF 18 STRUCTURAL• POUND A TION PLAN
Sl.l OF 8 16 OF 18 STRUCTURAL• FLOOR PLAN
Sl.2 OF 8 17 OF 18 STRUCTURAL• TRELLIS PLAN
S2.1 OF 8 18 OF 18 STRUCTURAL• TYPICAL DETAILS
Underground Service Alert CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
u~
::;_ J.
Call: TOLL FREE
811
lWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
* EXP. 05·31·18 * DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE PROJECT TITLE SHEET ® @
CHECK BY:
0-;! ~~ ()'= (ft.. ,{if
SHEET T1 OF 01 SHEETS
DWG. NO.
CITY ENGINEER DATE 1 OF 1 8
13367 BENSON AVE.
CHINO, CA. 91710
(909) 595 8599
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD.PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P 17-05
CONSTRUCTION NOTES & MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
SPECIAL NOTATION
GRADING GENERAL
1.Grading contractor shall exercise extra care to minimize the effects from disturbed earth and/or dust. Dust
shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements of the South Coast Air Quality Management
District and applicable County and State laws. At a minimum, continuous wetting shall be performed while
any earthwork is being performed. If the water is to be obtained from the local municipal water supply
system, the grading contractor shall first obtain approval from the appropriate water provider.
2. Any modifications of or changes to the approved grading plans shall be approved by the City Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the prevention of damage to adjacent property and no
person shall excavate on land sufficiently close to the property line to endanger an adjoining public street,
sidewalk, alley, or other public or private property without supporting and protecting such property from
settling, cracking or other damage which could result.
4. The Contractor shall call for an inspection by the Engineer at the following various stages of work and shall
obtain the approval of the building official prior to proceeding to the next stage of work:
a. Pre-grade. Before any construction or grading activities occur at the site. The Contractor shall schedule
a pregrade inspection with the Engineer.
b. Initial. When the site has been cleared of vegetation and unapproved fill and has been scarified,
benched or otherwise prepared for fill. No fill shall have been placed prior to this inspection.
c. Rough. When approximate final elevations have been established, drainage terraces, swales and
other drainage devices necessary for the protection of the building sites from flooding have been
installed, berms have been installed at the top of the slopes.
d. Final. When grading has been completed; all drainage devices necessary to drain the building pad
have been installed, slope planting has been established, irrigation systems have been installed.
TEMPORARY EARTH AND STORMWATER PROTECTIVE MEASURES
1. NPDES Compliance. In compliance with the County of Los Angeles National Pollution Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) - Construction General Permit, Title 12.80 - Environmental Protection Code, and the Los
Angeles County Building Code, all construction sites are required to implement Best Management
Practices (BMPs) to control erosion, debris, and construction-related pollutants.
2. LACO BMP Requirements. The following Best Management Practices ;͞DWƐ͟Ϳ apply to all permits and
represent the minimum standards of good housekeeping that must be implemented on all construction
sites regardless of all size:
a. Eroded sediments and other pollutants must be retained on site and may not be transported from
the site via sheet flow, swales, area drains, natural drainage courses or wind.
b. Stockpiles of earth and other construction related materials must be protected from being
transported from the site by the forces of wind or water.
c. Fuels, oils, solvents and other toxic materials must be stored in accordance with their listing and are
not to contaminate the soil and surface waters. All approved storage containers are to be protected
from the weather. Spills must be cleaned up immediately and disposed of in a proper manner. Spills
may not be washed into the drainage system.
d. Non-stormwater runoff from equipment and vehicle washing and any other activity shall be
contained at the project site.
e. Excess or waste concrete may not be washed into the public way or any other drainage system.
Provisions shall be made to retain concrete wastes on site until they can be disposed of as solid waste.
f. Trash and construction related solid wastes must be deposited into a covered receptacle to prevent
contamination of rainwater and dispersal by wind.
g. Sediments and other materials may not be tracked from the site by vehicle traffic. The construction
entrance roadways must be stabilized so as to inhibit sediments from being deposited into the public
way. Accidental depositions must be swept up immediately and may not be washed down by rain or
other means.
h. Any slopes with disturbed soils or denuded of vegetation must be stabilized so as to inhibit erosion by
wind and water.
3. Maintenance of Protective Measures. The Contractor shall maintain in good condition and repair all
drainage structures and temporary earth, pollutant and stormwater protective measures including rodent
control as shown on the approved grading plans. All measures shall be maintained to the satisfaction of
the City until final grading approval has been granted by the City Engineer and all permanent drainage and
erosion control systems, if required, are in place. All structural Best Management Practices ;͞DWƐ͟Ϳ shall
be accessible for inspection and maintenance
4. Installation. The Contractor shall put into effect and maintain all precautionary measures necessary to
protect adjacent water courses and public or private property from damage by erosion, flooding and
deposition of mud or debris originating from the premises described on these plans prior to the start of
any grading operations.
5. Phased Operations. As grading operations progress, all protective measures shall be updated as necessary
to prevent erosion and to control construction related pollutants from discharging from the site. All best
management practices shall be maintained in good working order to the satisfaction of the building
official. Failure to comply with this. Section is subject to "Noncompliance Penalties" pursuant to Section J
11 0.8.5. Payment of a penalty shall not relieve any persons from fully complying with the requirements of
this Code in the execution of the work.
>K^E' > ^KhEdz^dKZDtd ZWK>>hd/KEWZ s Ed/KE;͞^tWWW͟ͿEt dt d, Z ZK^/KE
KEdZK>W>E;͞tt W͟Ϳ' E Z>EKd ^
1. A stand-by crew for emergency work shall be available at all times during the rainy season (November 1st
to April 15th). Necessary materials shall be available on-site and stockpiled at convenient locations to
facilitate rapid construction of emergency devices when rain is imminent.
2. Erosion control devices shown on this plan may be removed when approved by the Engineer if the grading
operation has progressed to the point where they are no longer required.
3. Graded areas adjacent to fill slopes located at the site perimeter must drain away from the top of slope at
the conclusion of each working day. All loose soils and debris that may create a potential hazard to off-site
property shall be stabilized or removed from the site on a daily basis.
4. All silt and debris shall be removed from all devices within 24 hours after each rainstorm and be disposed
of properly.
5. A guard shall be posted on the site whenever the depth of water in any device exceeds two feet. The
device shall be drained or pumped dry within 24 hours after each rainstorm. Pumping and draining of all
basins and drainage devices must comply must comply with the appropriate BMP for dewatering
operations.
6. The placement of additional devices to reduce erosion damage and contain pollutants within the site is
left to the discretion of the Engineer. Additional devices as needed shall be installed to retain sediments
and other pollutants on site.
7. Desilting basins may not be removed or made inoperable between November 1st and April 15th of the
following year without the approval of the Engineer.
8. Storm Water Pollution and Erosion Control devices are to be modified, as needed, as the project
progresses, the design and placement of these devices is the responsibility of the field engineer. Plans
representing changes must be submitted for approval if requested by the Building Official.
9. Every effort should be made to eliminate the discharge of non-storm water from the project sites at all
times.
10. Eroded sediments and other pollutants must be retained on-site and may not be transported from the site
via sheet flow, swales, area drains, natural drainage courses, or wind.
11. Stockpiles of earth and other construction-related materials must be protected from being transported
from the site by the forces of wind or water.
12. Fuels, oils, solvents, and other toxic materials must be stored in accordance with their listing and are not
to contaminate the soils and surface waters. All approved storage containers are to be protected from the
weather. Spills must be cleaned up immediately and disposed of in a proper manner. Spills may not be
washed into the drainage system.
13. Excess or waste concrete may not be washed into the public way or any other drainage system. Provisions
shall be made to retain concrete wastes on-site until they can be disposed of as solid waste.
14. Contractor is responsible to inspect all Erosion Control Devices and BMPs are installed and functioning
properly if there is a 50% or greater probability of predicted precipitation, and after actual precipitation. A
construction site inspection checklist and inspection log shall be maintained at the project site at all times
and available for review by the Engineer (copies of the self-inspection check list and inspection logs are
available upon request). A sample Log and Checklist is available as part of the Los Angeles County SWPPP
and WWECP Review Sheet dated 03-07-2011 at: http://dpw.lacounty.gov/bsd/publications/index.cfm.
15. Trash and construction-related solid wastes must be deposited into a covered receptacle to prevent
contamination of rainwater and dispersal by wind.
16. Sediments and other materials may not be tracked from the site by vehicle traffic. The construction
entrance roadways must be stabilized so as to inhibit sediments from being deposited into the public way.
Accidental depositions must be swept up immediately and may not be washed down by rain or other
means.
17. Any slopes with disturbed soils or denuded of vegetation must be stabilized so as to inhibit erosion by
wind and water.
PLACEMENT OF FILL MATERIAL
1. Acceptable Material. Fill material shall not include organic, frozen or other deleterious materials. Unless
approved by the Engineer, no rock or similar irreducible material greater than 12 inches in any dimension
shall be included in fills.
Exception: The Engineer may permit placement of larger rock when the geotechnical engineer properly
devises and recommends a method of placement, and continuously inspects the placement and approves
the fill stability. The following requirements shall also apply:
a. Prior to issuance of the grading permit, potential rock disposal areas shall be delineated on the
grading plan.
b. Rock sizes greater than 12 inches (0.3 m) in maximum dimension shall be 10 feet or more below
grade, measured vertically.
c. Rocks shall be placed so as to assure filling of all voids with well-graded soil.
d. The reports submitted by the geotechnical engineer shall acknowledge the placement of the
oversized material and whether the work was performed in accordance with the engineer's
recommendations and the approved plans.
e. The location of oversized rock dispersal areas shall be shown on the as-built plan.
2. Compaction. All fill material shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of maximum density as
determined by ASTM D 1557, Modified Proctor, in lifts not exceeding 12 inches in depth within 40 feet
below finished grade and 93 percent of maximum dry density deeper than 40 feet below finished grade,
unless a lower relative compaction (not less than 90 percent of maximum dry density) is justified by the
Geotechnical Engineer and approved by the building official. Where ASTM D 1557, Modified Proctor is not
applicable, a test acceptable to the building official shall be used.
PARKING LOT LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES
ATTACHMENT "C"
13367 BENSON AVE.
CHINO, CA. 91710
(909) 595 8599
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD.
PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P 17-05
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
SPECIAL NOTATION
PRECISE GRADING & PARKING IMPROVEMENT PLAN
ATTACHMENT "C"
13367 BENSON AVE.
CHINO, CA. 91710
(909) 595 8599
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD.PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P 17-05
A SECTION A-A / VEGETATED SWALE
B SECTION B-B / LID GRAVEL BOTTOMLESS TRENCH
C SECTION C-C / VEGETATED SWALE
D SECTION D-D / LID GRAVEL BOTTOMLESS TRENCH
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
SPECIAL NOTATION
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
BOLLARD LIGHT FOUNDATION
LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION
_
_
_
_
ATTACHMENT "C"
13367 BENSON AVE.
CHINO, CA. 91710
(909) 595 8599
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD.PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT ID: P 17-05
LEGEND
EROSION CONTROL PLAN
ATTACHMENT "C"
0
~
<(
> W~1
_j01
:::J
0
[lJ
>-1--(J
w
_j
I
D..
~ w
1-t
10~~5
1"=10'
GRAVEL BAGS (SC-8)--r-
.\
SILT FENCE(SC-1) ----!--j--+1----~
~
r--0
w~ _jl
zu -Vl
z~
<(Z
C>OO
OF u
::>'W
[tOf-oo r-"' VJ[l_
~~j
I
-----
0~~~10~-~20
GRAPHIC SCALE
-Ill
II
oSPIGOT
///
EXISTING BU!LO!Nc~
\JQ.
TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
:;;::::\/ISIOI~S
n
=::-;-;;;;-, -u-
I
\
WORKMAN
REVISEC· EY
\
0/'.TE
' ;G
. ;Cl)/
o'J·.c/
I
\
'L ' / Y/ SEDIMENT TRAP
,/' SC-3 _______ _j ~c)
=
AVENUE
PREPARED BY:
!JOSEPH
\'
12 oc, -----t--
J. \L 1 G5G5
11/27/2016
DATE
-------SILT FENCE (SC-1)
GRAVEL BAGS (SC-8)
DIRECTION OF FLOW
SEDIMENT TRAP (SC-3)
STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION (SC-10)
_j
Ill+---+--+---""'"---+---51 L T FENCE ( S C-1 )
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION
ENTRANCE T TC-1
.,_----l----1-----1--Sl L T FENCE( SC-1 )
------
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPT.
APPROVED:
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE
CHECK BY:
DWG. NO.
CITY ENGINEER DATE SHEET C4 OF C4 SHEETS OF 18
WORKMAN AVENUE
SIGNATURE
Paul A. Nota
11/30/16
L O S T W E S T
L A N D S C A P E A R C H I T E C T U R E
GARDENS PARKS CITIES
TEL: (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16
PLOTTING HISTORY-
11/30/16 - Version 1
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING
LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
ATTACHMENT "C"
CORNER OF PROPERTY r---....
LINE AT R.O.W. LINE
LID VEGETATED SWALE, --....
SEE ENG. PLANS
REMOVE PORTION OF
EX. APRON AND GUTTER
AND REPLACE WITH
NEW CURB AND GUTTER,
SEE ENGINEERS PLANS
0
>
_j
rn
>-
f-
u
w
_j
Q_
:;:;
w
f-
01
~
L()
0
0
~
0
0
~
0
0
"'
0
0
"'
0
0
~
0
0
"'
REMOVE PORTION OF EX. CURB, GUTTER
AND RAMP AND REPLACE WITH NEW
CURB RAMP, SEE ENGINEERS PLANS
flY LAY -OUT PLAN
..._/ j SCALE• 1/8" o 1'-0"
PLAN NOTES-
\L
_j
<(
s
w
(f)
WALL\
13.62' \
w
w
w
w
w
"
I. ALL MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN
THE FIELD.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ITEMS TO BE DEMO'D WITH CITY PRIOR
TO STARTING JOB, SEE ENG. PLAN FOR DEMOLITION.
3. ALL PAVED AND PLANTING AREAS SHALL CONFORM TO GRADES AS
PER ENGINEER'S GRADING PLAN.
4. ALL ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, CONDUIT, METERING, CONTROLS, AND
WIRING SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER.
5. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE 'STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC
WORKS CONSTRUCTION', LA TEST ADOPTED EDITION, AND ALL
APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES.
6. SEE SHEET L4 FOR TRELLIS ELEVATIONS, AND STRUCTURAL ENG.
PLANS FOR DETAILS AND STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS.
7. SEE CIVIL ENG. PLANS FOR 'BOTTOMLESS TRENCH' STORM WATER
CAPTURE LID SYSTEM.
8. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET.
9. FOR PARKING LOT SIGNING. MARKING AND STRIPING SHALL BE PER
STD. PLANS PER PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, STD. PLAN 180-0.
oSPIGOT
T!NG BUILDING
BLUE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL
~-OF ACCESSIBILITY POLE
-
SIGNAGE. TYP
27.00'
(3 -9' ST ALLSJ
D
'31'45"
0
0
co
"---tjLLit:: INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF
ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE, TYP
'---4" WIDE BLUE LINES
AT 36" SPACING
'---NEW CONCRETE WALKWAY,
SEE ENGINEERS PLANS
'--_TYPICAL BOLLARD LIGHT (2 TOT AU,
SEE ENGINEERS PLANS
8.50' 8.50' 36.00'
(4 -9' ST ALLSJ
+ + w + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
N
18.50'
10.42' 15. 15.00' 15.00'
ORKMAN
BENCH NOTE•
VICTOR STANLEY MODEL RB-28 STEELSITES RB SERIES 6' ALL STEEL
BENCI-IES W/0 CENTER ARM POWDER COAT COLOR -BRONZE FINISI-I 12
TOT AU. BOLT TO CONCRETE PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS
USING VANDAL-PROOF STAINLESS STEEL I-IARDWARE.
NO. REVISIONS REVISED BY
AVE.
APPROVED BY DATE
ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION LOCATION FOR 2
CARS, SEE ENGINEERS PLAN FOR CONDUIT TYPE AND LOCATION
36.00' 36.00'
(4 -9' STALLS, TYPICAU (4 -9' STALLS, TYPICAU
_j
. <( Ou 0--Q_
CO)-
f-
b
0
co
175.00'
_j
•<( Ou 0-·Q. CO)-
f-
'--_TYPICAL ARCHITECTURAL AREA
LIGHT (5 TOT AU, SEE ENGINEERS f-'1 ,~,.
STA NDARD SPACE DETAIL
SEE DISABLED-ACCESSIBLE
PARKING SIGNS DETAl.
ACCESSIBLE SPACE DETAI L
• LOADING .o.REA SH.t.LL BE
8" (2.40 m) li1 DE ADJACt:tH TO
V.o.N ACCESSIBLE PARK ING
SPACES -SEE PLANS.
45 " DIAGONAL SPACE DE TAIL
60" DIAGONAL SPACE DETAIL
NOTES:
1. STRIPING SHALL BE 4" (100 mm) \1\0E VIHTE
NON-REn.ECTORIZEO PAINT, EXCEPT AS SHOVIN.
PA \oUIENT lo!.>.RI<INGS SHALL ALSO B(
NON-R:EFLEC TORIZEO PAINT.
2. SIGNS SHA LL CONFOO M TO SECTION 56, SIGNS,
Of THE ST.O.TE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, Alll
THE STATE SPECinCATIONS FOR ALU MIN Uio!
SI NGLE SHEil PANEL SjGNS.
J. SU: LOCAL ZONI NG Coot: FOR REOUIRE ~ENTS
FOR IJS.O.GE OF C()ljPACT !.NO ACCESSlBU: P.o.RKI NG
SPACES ANO LO T LAYOUT.
STAN DARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
-....!DIO>"IIC ........,_,,_""" ---., PARKING LOT STRIPING & SIGNING
• ••
ST<HDAAC PI.NI
180-0
TYPICAL 6' X 6" X 5" CONC. WHEEL STOPS PINNED
TO PAVEMENT SOUTH SIDE STALLS ONLY
>-
w
_j
_j
TYPICAL
BENCH
RIVER ROCK GROUND
COVER, TYP., SEE DETAILS
<r
PLAIT 1L•x 5"
SL ACK ON 1\tflf:
MJFN f-ATfHFflo I QAfiiN(;
8 (:<:4 m) WI~C 10
I I.I I.IEOI ~TEL ~ W lliE ~I CH T JF" -HE P A~K IN C ~P .OC E.
t.:ISo\13L ElJ -ACC l 551 E LI:. E A!<K ING SIGNS
N co\~; Not 100" ot cooc uoe
STA NDARD PLANS FOR P UBUC WORKS COOS TR UC Tl O~J
P ARKING LOT STRIPING & SIGNING
'---EXISTING WATER METER,
SEE IRRIGATION PLAN
" DEMO THIS EXISTING WALL
'--LID BOTTOMLESS TRENCH IN THIS
AREA SEE ENG. PLANS
180-0
1"--_NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK, ~ ....
SEE ENGINEERS PLANS ~
I VEGETATED SWALE,
SEE ENGINEERS PLANS
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
APPROVED:
NEW MASONRY SCREEN
" WALL, SEE STRUCTURAL
PLANS, TYP.
REMOVE PORTION OF EX. CURB.
'---EXISTING TREES TO REMAN
PROTECT IN PLACE
'---GUTTER AND ALLEY INTERSEVTION
AND REPLACE WITH NEW CURB RAMP,
SEE ENGINEERS PLANS
~-~\FIN CONCRETE SLAB FOR BENCHES,
SEE ENGINEERS PLANS AND BENCH NOTE
Service Alert CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
Call: TOLL FREE
811
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE LAY-0 U T PLAN
CHECK BY:
CITY ENGINEER DATE
DWG. NO.
6 OF 18 SHEET l 1 OF 0 5 SHEETS
WORKMAN AVENUE
SIGNATURE
Paul A. Nota
11/30/16
L O S T W E S T
L A N D S C A P E A R C H I T E C T U R E
GARDENS PARKS CITIES
TEL: (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16
PLOTTING HISTORY-
11/30/16 - Version 1
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING
LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
ATTACHMENT "C"
0
>
_j
m
>-
I-
0
w
_j
Q_
~
w
I-
IDRIP ~ I ...........__~
2
I DRIP
[[]
P.B.
3
11.5
'>J.
_j
<(
5:
w
0
UJ II
II
II
II
II
II
:,KJ\ f:J II \
D::l • t ~\
c :, . .!'/
I 't I cJ;;~\;·~,-n; ;' ;L· u" I;\; c ~/\I·._.} I I j Ul~ I I \ ~-,
II!
///
NO. REVISIONS
I!
II
I
I
I
I
'
REV1SED BY
II
/I
APPROVED BY DATE
! !
I _ _, __ I
1J d~O:)
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
~sc~
1/} ~
~ N0.2973 ~ * EXP. 05·31·18 * 0-;! ~~ ()'= (ft.. ,{if
•
@)-@)
B
\
APPROVED:
(_\1
~ ..
>--
w
_j
_j
<C
LEGEND-
SYM DESCRIPTION CQTY.l
e P.O.C.• EXISTING WATER METER-VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD W/ CITY
BACKFLOW PREVENTER (J)-WILKINS 975-XL IN V.I.T. 'STRONG BOX' SBBC-30AL ALUMINUM
BACKFLOW ENCLOSURE W/ Cll WILKINS MODEL 500YSBR PRESS. REG. ~ CD WILKINS BRONZE WYE
STRAINER. ALL I"DIA .. SEE DETAIL
CONTROLLER (J)-'"UNTER PRO-C 9 STATION EXTERIOR, INSTALL CONTROLLER IN V.I.T. 'STRONG
BOX' HEAVY DUTY PEDESTAL S.S. ENCL. SB-18SS W/ CD HUNTER SOLAR-SYNC SENSOR MOUNTED TO
SIDE OF ENCLOSURE IN FULL SUN PER MANUFAC. SPECS.
~ AUTO. VALVES-DRIP CIRCUITS C6l• RAIN BIRD XCZ-100-PRF CONTROL ZONE KIT W/ PR FILTER. I"
DIA., SEE DETAIL. BUBBLER CIRCUITS C2l• RAIN BIRD PGA SERIES I" DIA., SEE DETAIL.
1><1 BRONZE BALL VALVE C2l-WATTS. OR EQUAL. I"DIA. FULL PORT BALL VALVE. INSTALL IN STD.
RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX ~ MARK. "IRRIGATION SUPPLY" ON LID.
@ QUICK COUPLING VALVE C2l-RAIN BIRD 33-DLRC W/ LOCKING RUBBER COVER, 3/4"DIA. INSTALL IN
CARSON INDUSTRIES MODEL 910 10" RND. PLASTIC VALVE BOX WI BOLT DOWN T-LID
RAIN BIRD RWS-B-1401 ROOT WATERING SYSTEM WI 0.25 GPM BUBBLER, SEE DETAIL
(',''-'ADAPT CLASS 200 PVC PIPE TO DRIP TUBING IN EACH PLANTER W/ NETAFIM TWO OUTLET
C\_Y BARBED FEMALE ADAPTER. INSTALL 1/2" POL YET'"YLENE DRIP TUBING TO EA. PLANT AND INSTALL
PUNC'" IN DRIP EMITTERS PER THE DETAIL, SECURE LOOSELY TO GRADE W/ 6" JUTE STAPLES AND
COVER W/ MULCH.
USE NETAFIM TECHLINE C0.6 GPH X 12" O.C. EMITTER SPACINGJ FOR NARROW PLANTERS E AREAS
OF FLATTED GROUND COVER IN EACH DRIP ZONE. SPACE LINES BETWEEN 12" E 18" O.C. DEPENDING
ON PLANTINGS. STAGGER EMITTERS IN TUBING LAY-OUT TO DUPLICATE THE TRIANGLILAR SPACING
OF THE GROUND COVER PLANTING
-----"o-LATERAL LINE-112" DIA. PVC CLASS 315 PIPE
LATERAL LINE-3/4" DIA. PVC CLASS 200 PIPE
-~. ~. -LATERAL LINE -I" DIA. PVC CLASS 200 PIPE
~ STATION NUMBER
l:.M.]--GALLON PER MINUTE FLOW
RATE OR DRIP
----IRRIGATION MAINLINE -SC'". 40 PVC., I" DIAMETER
IRRIGATION NOTES -
I. IRRIGATION PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. CONFLICTS W/ PAVING AND PLANTING SHALL BE RESOLVED BY
THE CONTRACTOR IN T'"E FIELD. ROUTING OF PIPE. LOCATION OF VALVES AND LOCATION OF
BACKFLOW PREVENTER SHALL BE APPROXIMATE AS S'"OWN. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS IN FIELD.
2. ALL PIPING UNDER PAVING AND WALLS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PIPE SLEEVING PER DETAIL.
COORDINATE SLEEVE INSTALLATION W/ THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
3. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO IRRIGATION CONTROLLER CABINET S'"ALL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL IRRIGATION SYSTEM AS SHOWN. SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS SHALL
BE SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW E APPROVAL OF THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
OBTAINING ANY AND ALL PERMITS.
IRRIGATION ZONES -
VALVE
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DESCRIPTION OF IRRIGATED AREA
DRIP FOR GROUND COVER PLANTINGS ON EAST SIDE OF PARKING LOT INCLUDING FINGER
PLANTERS AND FRONTAGE PLANTING AREA EAST OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY
DRIP FOR TREE~ SHRUB PLANTINGS ON EAST SIDE OF PARKING LOT INCLUDING FINGER
PLANTERS AND FRONT PLANTING EAST OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY
FLOOD BUBBLERS FOR ALL NEW TREES
DRIP FOR GROUND COVER PLANTINGS IN PARKWAY STRIP AREA BETWEEN BACK OF CURB AND
SIDEWALK
DRIP FOR SHRUB PLANTINGS IN PARKWAY STRIP AREA BETWEEN BACK OF CURB AND
SIDEWALK
FLOOD BUBBLERS FOR EXISTING SYCAMORE TREES
DRIP FOR GROUND COVER PLANTINGS ON WEST SIDE OF PARKING LOT INCLUDING FINGER
PLANTERS AND FRONTAGE PLANTING AREA WEST OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY
DRIP FOR TREE E S'"RUB PLANTINGS ON WEST SIDE OF PARKING LOT INCLUDING FINGER
PLANTERS AND FRONTAGE PLANTING AREA WEST OF PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY
Underground Service Alert CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
u~
::;_ )_
Call: TOLL FREE
811
lWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE I R RIG AT I 0 N PLAN
CHECK BY:
SHEET l2 OF 05 SHEETS
DWG. NO.
7 OF 18 CITY ENGINEER DATE
WORKMAN AVENUE
SIGNATURE
Paul A. Nota
11/30/16
L O S T W E S T
L A N D S C A P E A R C H I T E C T U R E
GARDENS PARKS CITIES
TEL: (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16
PLOTTING HISTORY-
11/30/16 - Version 1
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING
LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
ATTACHMENT "C"
I 't I cJ;;~\;·~,~ n I ;' ;L· u" I;\; c ~/\/-._.)I I j Ul~ I I \ ~-,
!OJ
0
>
_j
m
>--
I-
0
w
_j
Q_
~
w
I-
I
AVE.
NO. REVISIONS REV1SED BY APPROVED BY DATE
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
~
C._j
'-G >--r\,_j
Co w
-------\ u, _j
~ '· _j
~ <C
-~ c:::,
C:>
APPROVED:
LEGEND-
SYM BOTANICAL NAME
TREES-
COMMON NAME OTY. SIZE
GP GEIJERA PARVIFLORA AUSTRALIAN WILLOW
CRAPE MYRTLE
CALIFORNIA SYCAMORE
6 36" B.
LM LAGERSTROEMIA I. 'MUSKOGEE' 3 36" B.
PR PLATANUS RACEMOSA 5 24" B.
SHRUBS, PERENNIALS E VINES -
AA AGAVE A. 'BOUTIN BLUE' NCN 20
AF ALOE FEROX ALOE 4
BB BULBINELLA 'TINY TANGERINE' BULBINE 76
CD CEANOTe<US 'DARK STAR' CALIFORNIA LILAC 6
CS CISTUS 'SUNSET' ROCK-ROSE 44
CO COLEONEMA 'SUNSET GOLD' PINK BREATH OF HEAVEN 43
CM COPROSMA R. 'MARBLE QUEEN' VARIEGATED MIRROR PLANT 21
DT DIANELLA T. 'VARIEGATA' NCN 37
DB DIETES BICOLOR FORTNIGHT LILY 56
GW GAURA L. 'WHIRLING BUTTERFLIES' NCN 53
GN GREVILLEA NOELLII NCN 17
HH HEMEROCALLIS 'LA VENDER DEW' DAY-LILY 110
HP HESPERALOE PARVIFLORA RED YUCCA 35
LP LIMONIUM PEREZII ST A TICE 28
LL LOROPET ALUM 'PURPLE PIXIE' NCN 3
5 GAL.
15 GAL.
I GAL.
5 GAL.
I GAL.
5 GAL.
5 GAL.
5 GAL.
5 GAL.
I GAL.
5 GAL.
I GAL.
5 GAL.
I GAL.
5 GAL.
REMARKS
STANDARD
MUL Tl-TRUNK
STANDARD
PJ PANDOREA JASMINOIDES 'ALBA' WHITE BOWER VINE 2
PT PARTHENOCISSUS TRICUSPIDATA BOSTON IVY 5
PF PHLOMIS FRUTICOSA JERUSALEM SAGE 16
15 GAL.ST AKED TRAIN ON TRELL
5 GAL. STAKED, TRAIN ON WALL
5 GAL.
PH PHORMIUM 'BRONZE BABY' FLAX 22 5 GAL.
PG PUNICA G. 'CHICO' DWF. POMEGRANATE 9 5 GAL.
RU RHAPHIOLEPIS U. 'MINOR' DWF. YEDDO 28 5 GAL.
SW SAL VIA C. 'WINNIFRED GILMAN' CLEVELAND SAGE 40 5 GAL.
TL T AGETES LEMMONII COPPER CYN. DAISY 12 5 GAL.
GROUND COVER-BOTANICAL NAME/COMMON NAME, SPACING E CONTAINER SIZE, <TOTAL SQ. FT.l
~~~~~~COTONEASTER DAMMERI 'LOWFAST'/NCN, 3'-0" ON CENTER <O.C.J FROM I GAL., CI.228SFl
DD::::JDDC:::
[c~l~ CARISSA M. 'GREEN CARPET/PROSTRATE NATAL PLUM, 2'-0" O.C. FROM I GAL., <675SFl
ROSMARINUS 'HUNTINGTON CARPET/PROSTRATE ROSEMARY, 2'-0" O.C. FROM I GAL., C582SFl
E ROSA 'FLOWER CARPET RED'/GROUND COVER ROSE, 2'-0" o.c. FROM I GAL., C445SFl
1 ~PLANT SYMBOL
SENECIO SERPENS/NCN, 8" O.C. FROM FLATS, C710SFl ®." / R (-___CONTAINER SIZE
BOULDERS -'NAVAJO' FROM SOUTHWEST BOULDER E STONE, SEE DETAIL ~QUANTITY IN
~ MEDIUM-SIZE BOULDERS, APPRO X. 2' X 2' X 3' <14 TOT AU GROUP
®> LARGE-SIZE BOULDERS, APPRO X. 3' X 3' X 3' (12 TOT AU
RIVER ROCK GROUND COVER -C977SFJ, SEE DETAIL
f-00-00-00-e>< ~~~~G 'SIERRA COBBLE' FROM SOUTHWEST BOULDER E STONE, SEE DETAIL
l'l. l'l. l'l. )t
STONE SIZES• 50% OF THE 1-1/2" -3" SIZE
20% OF THE 3" TO 5" SIZE
20% OF THE 4" TO 8" SIZE
10% OF THE 12" -18" SIZE
RIVER ROCK GROUND COVER NOTES
I. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE AND PLACE THE BOULDERS PER THE PLAN AND DETAIL PRIOR TO
INSTALLING RIVER ROCK GROUND COVER.
2. UPON INSTALLATION OF THE BOULDERS CONTRACTOR SHALL FINE GRADE THE RIVER ROCK AREAS
TO CONFORM TO THE GRADING PLAN, PER THE DETAIL. FOLLOWING FINE GRADING CONTRACTOR SHALL
INSTALL 'MIRASCAPE' NON-WOVEN LANDSCAPE FABRIC BY TENCATE MIRAFI OVER GRADE PER THE
MANUFAC. SPECIFICATIONS, SECURING FABRIC WITH 6" JUTE STAPLES, CUTTING THE FABRIC TO FIT
AROUND THE BASE OF THE BOULDERS.
3. FOLLOWING FABRIC INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL RANDOMLY PLACE THE 12" TO 18" SIZE
COBBLES CIO~ OF TOTAL, SEE ABOVE) ONTO FABRIC WITH THE FLAT SIDE DOWN WHENEVER POSSIBLE.
AFTERWARD CONTRACTOR SHALL BLEND THE OTHER 3 SIZES OF COBBLES AND SPREAD THE MIXTURE
ONTO THE FABRIC TO A DEPTH THAT COMPLETELY HIDES FABRIC, SMOOTHING, SHAPING AND
COMPACTING AS THE WORK PROGRESSES.
PLANTING NOTES -
I. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE CARE IN LOCATING UNDERGROUND PIPELINES E UTILITIES PRIOR TO
DIGGING, RESOLVING ALL CONFLICTS IN FIELD.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE SOIL SAMPLES FROM I PLACE ON THE SITE AND SEND TO AN AGRONOMIC
SOILS TESTING LAB FOR ANALYSIS AND AMENDMENT GUIDELINES. CONTRACTOR SHALL THEN AMEND SOIL
PER THOSE LAB GUIDELINES AND PROVIDE A COPY OF THE REPORT TO THE OWNER.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PLANTINGS PER THE PLANS. DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. AND ANY
APPLICABLE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.
4. ALL PLANTING AREAS SHALL BE MULCHED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 2" WITH "RECYCLED WOOD
PRODUCTS" SHREDDED BARK MULCH. OR EQUAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SAMPLE OF MULCH TO
OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION.
5. PRIOR TO MULCHING, CONTRACTOR SHALL RAKE OUT ALL PLANTING AREAS AND ADJUST FINE GRADE
AS NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO GRADING PLAN.
6. ALL TREES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH DEEP ROOT. OR APPROVED EQUAL, ROOT CONTROL BARRIER. 24"
DEEP PER THE DETAIL AND THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. TREES WITHIN 7' OF PAVING OR
CURBS <SUCH AS THE PARKING LOT TREESl SHALL INSTEAD HAVE A LINEAR ROOT BARRIER INSTALLED
AGAINST THE BACK OF CURB OR PAVING 8' LONG X 24" DEEP CENTERED ON THE TREE PLANTING PRIOR
TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE TREE. INSTALLATION OF THE ROOT BARRIER SHALL BE REVIEWED BY
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND CITY REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO TREE INSTALLATION.
Underground
~ ur.~5
Service Alert
Call: TOLL FREE
811
lWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE PLANTING PLAN
CHECK BY:
SHEET L3 OF 05 SHEETS
DWG. NO.
8 OF 18 CITY ENGINEER DATE
D
O
W
N
T
O
W
N
CL
CL
SIGNATURE
Paul A. Nota
11/30/16
L O S T W E S T
L A N D S C A P E A R C H I T E C T U R E
GARDENS PARKS CITIES
TEL: (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16
PLOTTING HISTORY-
11/30/16 - Version 1
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING
LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
ATTACHMENT "C"
NOTES-
CMU BLOCK• ANGELUS BLOCK, SINGLE SCORE,
WARM GREY, SHOT BLAST TEXTURE
~DIRECTORY SIGNAGE, SEE NOTES / WALL SIGNAGE, SEE NOTES
~2· -::!.-O~"r:-____ .t..;;ll':\ !...:,, -;,.;_0'" --------,r~---___l!ll4:...:' -;,.;_O'".>..L.> 01.C.""'.;-'/~-----.r ~STEEL TRELLIS FRAMING, SEE NOTES
li:.C" / 2'-0" 5'-8" 6'-0" BRICK VENEER• PACIFIC CLAY, NORMAN SIZE, PEACH
COLOR. RUFFLED TEXTURE,
6'-0"
1/2" DEEP RAKED HORIZONTAL JOINTS.
TOOLED VERTICAL JOINTS
TRELLIS PAINT• DUNN-EDWARDS UL TRASHIELD DTM
SEMI-GLOSS PAINT. TWO COATS. OVER
ULTRASHIELD DTM GRAY PRIMER, PER
MANUFACTURERS SPECS. COLOR TO
BE DETERMINED BY CITY
/ ALIGN TOP OF LETTER--.._ ·r
r--iFiF~----------_1--~~~~~------L_-----~,~------L_------------~~~~ WIT~TOPOFBEAM ~
I'~ . . :
WALL SIGNAGE• FABRICATED STANDARD C304
STAINLESS STEEL LETTERS WITH
"4 BRUSHED FINISH. FUTURA FONT,
7-7/8" HIGe-1. I" DEEP, STUD MOUNT
DIRECTORY
SIGNAGE•
4'-0"
I l fh
I I _,
~
"-
I I ' • I
-~
lc ~ tl: ~ tl: ~ :
, i:r.: , 'f I
i:r.: I
q:
(-.J
I, ~ ' ~ -
I
I
'= WALL SIGNAGE,_./
SEE NOTES
40"H. X 30"W. X 1/2" THICK TEMPERED
FROSTED GLASS W/ ROUNDED SANDED
EDGES W/ COLORED IMAGING AS
DETERMINED BY CITY. SUSPEND FROM
BOTTOM OF TRELLIS CROSS MEMBER w ~~~~~~~~~~~~LJl -
~ SCREEN WALLS• SINGLE SCORE
I C'
~'--_END COLUMNS• BRICK OVER CMU
BLOCK, SEE NOTES
WI 2 -STAINLESS STEEL SUPPORT RODS
TEMPLE CITY BLVD. ELEVATION
SCALE• 114" = 1'-0"
c~·l. 14'-0"
==
0.: >-1-.
'£)
WORKMAN AVE. ELEVATION
SCALE• 1/4" = 1'-0'
5'-4"
FULL BRICK CAP-PACIFIC CLAY,
NORMAN SIZE, PEAC~. RUFFLED-----..._____
TEXTURE, TOOLED JOINTS .........._r-rt-,....,----r-,--,-,-,--,-,..,----rr,..,--J..r,----4
~~~-L~~-L~~~~~
4XI2 STEEL, SEE~ = ! I =
STRUCTURAL PLAN ~,..r::~;:::~-,~,--.-4-.I -rl___j---,1,--L__,.----;.I:L .. ---.:::;:t,
FULL BRICK VB\IEER-PACIFIC CLAY, _ ': ~ _
NORMAN SIZE, PEAC~. RUFFLED ~ r:::::l-rl-----t-ii--.--I_L_--,1 ____L---,-1---4_____:=1 .......... -_ II. II TEXTURE, 1/2" RAKED ~ORIZONT AL -....._ . , ;
JOINT, TOOLED VERTICAL JOINT = '! I
=
=
=I I I I I : =
-: =
= 8.8.16 PRECISION BLOCK~ -
1 SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN -....._ = : I I I ! ~-,7-L-,--L-,~~---~ =' d I
REINFORCING REBAR.~
SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN =I 11 I
S I
= "'~: I
I
I
I : I
I I'
I I
1 : :
CONCRETE FOOTING, -I : ! I!
=
=
= -=
-
SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN~ -I I ~ I I I I I -
z
<(
_j
Q_
(I) z
0
<(
01
(I)
w w
(])
u5 w
01
<(
>
1
0.: >-1-
'
""" I
'o
FINISI-l GRADE~ ""' = 1 : 1 j =
________ ...._~,,~,"'---"1--11 ~ I I I I: ,._ __ .....ol_ ....... _
.-=Ill-'\., -' J -• d • d 1 " : I'
I' I IIIII" --:;:-r:-,-,--,-,-,---:-1-,-,--,
-~" ~· L"-"T-..J..--.. """'"--..:. ---" ~ f-;---1.11 -'1 . ~ ""-~-"7----:"--:"-r .::r ,, ~ ; /-'-'-II
---
1 II-'II-::ri -111= '~I ll _II rl ~~~COMPACTED
SUBGRADE, TIP.
TYPICAL END COLUMN SECTION VIEW
SCALE• 1/2" = 1'-0"
NO.
'--_BOTTOM COURSE KNOCK-OUTS-USE
~ALF BLOCK AT 4-'0" O.C. INTERVALS,
TYPICAL, SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS
PRECISION CMU BLOCK, SEE NOTES
'--_INTERMEDIATE COLUMNS•
END ELEVATION SI--IOWING SIGNAGE
SCALE• 1/4" = 1'-0"
15'-0" o.c.
1
0.: >-1-
' '£)
I
~
~'--_INTERMEDIATE COLUMNS•
BRICK OVER CMU BLOCK , SEE NOTES
r r r-------~---------,-~
I I ~
I I _j
1 I I • . . I,. I 1 n_
I I ._:
I · I ~
I 1 01 I . . . . . I I tJ5
I I w
I I W L-1------------------~ (])
TIP. 4XI2 STEEL _ _,
TRELLIS FRAMING. SEE~
STRUCTURAL PLAN
"
TYPICAL END COLUMN PLAN VIEW
SCALE• 1/2" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS REV1SED BY APPROVED BY DATE
BRICK OVER CMU BLOCK , SEE NOTES
rSTEEL TRELLIS FRAMING, SEE NOTES
END COLUMNS• BRICK OVER CMU
~-BLOCK, SEE NOTES AND SEE
STRUCTURAL PLAN
SCREEN WALLS• SINGLE SCORE
_,--PRECISION CMU BLOCK, SEE NOTES
AND SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN
4'-0"
<2> 4XI2 STEEL CROSS BEAMS, SEE:~
STRUCTURAL PLAN
(3) 4XI2 STEEL BEAMS, SEE STRUCTURAL,~
PLAN "\.
, BOTTOM COURSE KNOCK-OUTS-USE ~~ALF BLOCK AT 4-'0" O.C. INTERVALS,
TYPICAL, SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS
II
1\
I I
I I
I I
I I
II
"
,SEE STRUCT. PLAN •
l 1 r----------,------'k-
FULL BRICK CAP-
FULL BRICK VENEER-PACIFIC CLAY, NORMAN
SIZE, PEACH RUFFLED TEXTURE, 1/2" RAKED --~
1-lORIZ. JOINTS, TOOLED VERTICAL JOINTS II I I -
1-'1' -
8.8.16 PRECISION BLOCK, SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN ---l~-~~~ ~jl:jl. -_J
REBAR, SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN 1-I I 1 -
16"
(]) w
01
<(
>
(]) w
01
<(
> ~
1 I
(2) 6X8 STEEL POSTS, SEE 1 I
STRUCTURAL PLAN : j\, I ,__
I ''{ ~ ~ "-
EXTENT OF : e.-l~ ' :
CONC. FOOTING, SEE~ I ~ -1
STRUCTURAL PLAN '\J . . 1
I . I 0
I • I I
(f)
I • I
I h -I
I I
: ~ ~.. +
I • I
z
<(
c[
._:
0
:::J
01
1-
(j)
w w
(])
I I
I I
I I
FINIS~ GRADE~ ~.I! . I =
------------------------------~~~~~11:1 11 ~-~~~---+----------1'1111~11 ,--_1+ -l J....:.-hlllll )< L---------...l-----'J.. -,'ltll c '-
-" "II II < ~ Ill CONCRETE FOOTING, SEE----~,_ , ___ ,_4._=-J ... ..,.. -" ' II ~I
STRUCTURAL PLAN .. :..J
, , -I lli--iilliT--Jj____ COMPACTED
SUBGRADE. TIP.
TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE COLUMN PLAN VIEW
SCALE• 1/2" = 1'-0"
TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE COLUMN SECTION VIEW Underground Service Alert CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT SCALE• 1/2' • 1'-0" <J?'~ Call: TOLL FREE
·~' 811 ~)
lWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
APPROVED:
~sc~ fl} ~
----f------------+-----+-----+----1 ~ N0.2973 ~ A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION TRELLIS ELEVATIONS
& SECTIONS
* EXP. 05-31-18 * 0-;! ~~ ()'= (ft.. ,{if
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE
CHECK BY:
SHEET l4 OF 05 SHEETS
DWG. NO.
9 OF 18 CITY ENGINEER DATE
FLOWFLOWSIGNATURE
Paul A. Nota
11/30/16
L O S T W E S T
L A N D S C A P E A R C H I T E C T U R E
GARDENS PARKS CITIES
TEL: (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16
PLOTTING HISTORY-
11/30/16 - Version 1
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING
LOT IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
ATTACHMENT "C"
'" " ~·,j ~
(f)
',L
_j
<( s
f-
<(
"->
I. PAVING
2. CLEAN BACKFILL. 95% MIN. COMPACTION
3. SCREENED NON-EXPANSIVE BACKFILL, 95% MIN. COMPACTION
4. PVC SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SLEEVES• 3' DIA. MIN. WHEN ONLY I PIPE
PASSING UNDER PAVING, 4'DIA. MIN. FOR MULTIPLE PIPE RUNS.
MAINTAIN MIN. 40% OF SLEEVE CAP A CITY OPEN FOR FUTURE
PIPING EXTEND ALL SLEEVES MIN. 6" BEYOND EDGE OF PAVING
5. SLEEVES OF 6' DIA. OR LESS UNDER ROADS SHALL HAVE 36'
COVER, SLEEVES UNDER PAVING <NON-ROADSJ LESS THAN 3" DIA.
SHALL HAVE 18" COVER, 3' TO 5-112" DIA. SHALL HAVE 24" COVER.
A TYPICAL PIPE SLEEVING
NOT TO SCALE
0
~ p
X
2
I. NDS PRO SERIES 13' X 24" RECTANGULAR POLYOLEFIN VALVE BOX.
OR APPROVED EQUAL BRAND LID W/ "IRR. SHUT-OFF', SEE NOTES
2. FINISH GRADE OR TOP OF MULCH
3. WATTS, OR APPROVED EQUAL, BRONZE FULL-PORT BALL VALVE, SEE LEGEND
4. BRASS UNION, LINE SIZE
5. SUPPORT BRICK <4J. TYP.
6. 2' MIN. LAYER OF 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK
7. MAINLINE PIPE e FITTINGS TO AND FROM VALVE, SEE PLANe LEGEND
B TYPICAL BALL SI--IUT -OFF VALVE
NOT TO SCALE
CARSON VALVE BOX, --;::j_~d
SEE LEGEND
-+1--\\W""'---BRASS QUICK -COUPLING
VALVE. SEE LEGEND
# ...... ::j;;::::;-S. S. SCREW CLAMP.
He MIN. C3J PLACES
L_L_L_tm:::::=':"'"=;;::;--;2' THICK PEA GRAVEL
c "4 3' REBAR STAKE
SCH. 80 PVC STREET EL. BRASS NIPPLE,
SCH. 80 PVC SIZE PER QUICK-COUPLER
NIPPLE -6" LONG BRASS ELBOW. TYP.
SCH. 0 PVC
STREET EL. E TEE
C QUICK COUPLING VALVE
NOT TO SCALE
SCH. 40 PVC
SUPPLY LINE
V.I.T. 'STRONG BOX' ALUMINUM BACKFLOW ENCLOSURE,
/USE APPROPRIATE SIZE ENCLOSURE FOR ASSEivi3L Y AND
/ MOUNT ON 2500 PSI CONC. PAD, PER MANLFAC. SPECS.
I
/
/
I
I
3
6
-------
.X
Z<{
::;;:::;>
0.1()
c'l
d . ,
·~
\
2
' '
"
I. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE E SIZE
2. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE o SIZE
3. BRONZE WYE STRAINER. SEE PLAN FOR TYPE E SIZE
4. BRASS PIPE E FITTINGS TO/FROM BFP UNIT, TYPICAL
5. TRANSITION TO SCHEDULE 40 PVC W/ BRASS COUPLING AND PVC
MALE ADAPTERS ONLY, TYPICAL INLET PRESSURE FROM METER
GREATER 11-IAN 120PSI SHALL REQURE SCHED 80 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
6. BRASS BALL VALVE, LINE SIZE
7. 2500PSI CONC. SLAB W/ MED. BROOM FINISH. SIZE PER ENCL. MANLFAC. SPECS.
D BACKFLOW PREVENTER
NOT TO SCALE
9
FLOV\' t>
4
7
8
I. SOLENOID
2. VALVE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE E SIZE
3. STANDARD RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX, TYP.
4. PVC SCHED 40 PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS FROM BFP UNIT
5. FINISf.l SURFACE OF ADJACENT PLANTER
6. PEA GRAVEL BELOW VALVE, TYPICAL
7. SCHEDULE 80 PVC UNION, TYPICAL, LINE SIZE
8. LATERAL LINE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE AND SIZE
9 PRESSURE REGULATING FILTER, SEE LEGEND
E AUTOMATIC DRIP VALVE CONTROL ZONE
NOT TO SCALE
2
FLO\t\' ~>
. • .. ,_.
•. -.·· •• -d
8
I. STANDARD SOLENOID
2. AUTOMATIC VALVE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE e SIZE
3. CARSON OR EQUAL VALVE BOX WITH LID MARKED "IRRIGATION"
4. PVC SCH. 40 PIPE AND FITTINGS FROM BFP UNIT
5. FINISH GRADE I" BELOW TOP OF VALVE BOX, TYPICAL
6. 2" LAYER 3/4' CRUSHED ROCK BELOW VALVE, TYPICAL
7. PVC UNION. TYPICAL, LINE SIZE
8. LATERAL LINE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE AND SIZE
F AUTOMATIC VALVE CBUBBLER CIRCUITS)
NOT TO SCALE
NO. REVISIONS
-0
2
L__ ~ {,\@ Ull
4
®
FNSHGRACE @
)) .
NOTE•
COMMON WIRE SHALL BE WHITE AND CONTROL WIRES RED IN COLOR. NO
SPLICES SHALL BE MADE BETWEEN CONTROLLER AND VALVES LESS THAN
500' AWAY. CONTROL WIRING SEQUENCE CORRESPONDS TO OPERATING
SEQUENCE OF VALVES AND TO VALVE NUMBERING ON PLANS.
I. COLOR CODED MAP FOR VALVE LOCATION, PLACE IN DOOR, SEE SPECS
2. IRRIGATION CONTROLLER SHALL BE MOUNTED IN PEDESTAL ENCLOSURE.
SEE LEGEND
3. ON/OFF SWITCH~ IIOVAC OUTLET
4. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT TO SOURCE
5. 11/4' SCHED 80 CONDUIT FOR CONTROLLER e COMMON WIRES
6. MOUNT PEDESTAL ENCLOSURE ON 2500 PSI • 28 DAY CONCRETE SLAB
4" THICK, W/ BROOM FINISH, ATTACH PEDESTAL PER MANUFAC. SPECS.
G PEDESTAL MOUNTED CONTROLLER
NOT TO SCALE
EMITTER SCHEDLLE•
51-RUB e GROUNDCOVER PLANTS= O..SON 1802 1/2GPH VIBRA-cLEAN EMTIB<'S,
2 PER IG. PLANT, 3 PER 5G. PLANT. TREES WILL BE IRRIGATED W/ 5GPH EMITTERS
IN 3'DIA. DRAN PIPE, SEE DETAIL
TEE, TYPICAL
FIGURE 8 CLOSER AT
END OF LOOP. TYP.
L OLSON IRRIGATION VIBRA-CLEAN DRP EMITTERS. OR EQUAL, LOCATE AT EDGE OF
ROOT BALL
2. 1/2' POLY TUBII\G TO PLANTS, SE"CURE" TO SURFACE OF EROSION CONTROL MATTING
WI 6' JUTE STAPLES AS 1\ECESSARY
3. TYPICAL PLANT
4. TYPICAL ROOT BAUL
5. TYPICAL TUBING AND EMTTER LAY -OUT AT TREE, IF APPLICABLE
6. TYPICAL TUBING AND EtviTTE"R LAY-OUT AT SHRUB/GROUNDCOVE"R SHRUB
1 1 DRIP EMITTER PLACEMENT ~ SCI--IEDULE
H NOT TO SCALE
I. ROOT BALL OF TREE
2. BACKFILL
3. REMOVABLE GRATE
4. RAIN BIRD PCT -05 PRESSURE COMPENSATING MODULE ON 1/2" PVC RISER, 5GPH
5. 3" DIA. PERF. DRAIN PIPE, 3 PER TREE
6. LOOSE COMPOSTED ORGANIC MATTER FILLING PIPE
7. SWING ASSEMBLY
8. SCH. 40 LATERAL LINE. SEE PLAN FOR SIZE
9. ROOT BARRIER AT EDGE OF PLANTER. SEE PLANTING NOTES
10. NATIVE SOIL
REV1SED BY
TREE WELL BUBBLER
NOT TO SCALE
APPROVED BY DATE
TYPICAL LARGE BOULDER
TYPICAL MEDIUM BOULDER
ADJACENT GRADE
PLANT ALL BOULDERS IN GROUND BY
MIN. 1/2 OF THEIR MASS. TYP.
COMPACT SUB-GRADE BENEATH BOULDERS
TO PREVENT SETTLING OR SHIFTING
J TYPICAL BOULDER PLACEMENT
NOT TO SCALE
FINISH GRADE, ADJACENT PLANTER, TYPICAL
SHOVEL -CUT EDGE BORDERING PLANTED AREAS. SEE PLAN
'SANTA FE' COBBLE STONES, 1-1/2' TO 18' SIZE
TO 6' MIN. DEPT~-j, SEE PLAN
LANDSCAPE FABRIC ON SUB-GRADE
SEE PLANTING PLAN E LEGEND
SEE PLANS FOR ANY
ADJACENT CURBS OR PAVING
SUB-GRADE TYPICAL
K RIVER ROCK GROUND COVER
NOT TO SCALE
Underground Service Alert
I. CINCH TIE OR APPROVED EQUAL, 6fTREE
2. 3 -2' DIA. BY 10' TREATED LODGEPOLE
STAKES. MIN. 12" BELOW HOLE. INSTALL IN
TRIANGULAR SPACING AROUND TREE .
3. 'GRO-POWER', OR APPROVED EQUAL, PERT.
TABLET, 7 GRAM
';[j.=>t--,:r::cfuwrL---'-~k~ 4. 'DEEP ROOT CORP.', OR EQUAL, 24' DEEP
ROOT CONTROL BARRIER, INSTALL FOR
o._ w
~
ALL TREES PER MANUFAC. SPECS. SEE NOTES
5. 3/4" BY NO. 4 CLEAN CRUSHED ROCK
AROUND ROOT CONTROL BARRIER
';[}~~~~~~==wm~~~~ 6. AMENDED SOIL BACKFILL, SEE SPECS.
7. LOOSEN AND RECOMPACT SOIL BELOW
ROOT BALL TO MIN. 12' DEPTH
8. SET ROOT BALL I' ABOVE FINISH GRADE
L TYPICAL STANDARD TREE PLANTING
NOT TO SCALE
4
I. TYPICAL SHRUB OR GROUNDCOVER PLANT
2. SET ROOT BAUL I' ABOVE FINISH GRADE
3. AMENDED BACKFLL MIX, SEE SPECIFICATIONS
4. EARTf.l BERM FOR INITIAL WATERING. RAKE SMOOTei PRIOR TO MULCf.IING
5. LOOSEN AND RECOMPACT SOIL BELOW ROOT BAUL TO MIN. 3' DEPTf.l
6. GRO-POWER', OR EQUAL, PERT. TABLET, 7 GRAM USE PER MANUFAC. SPECS .. TYP.
M TYPICAL PLANT PLANTING
NOT TO SCALE
(I) z u .q
[]_
(f)
NO TEl
0
0
0
Q
I \
I \
0--0
0 0
EDGE OF PAVING
OR LAWN
ALL GROUNDCOVER SHALL BE PLANTED AT EQUAL TRIANGULAR SPACING-SEE
PLANTING LEGEND FOR SPACING DISTANCES. SAME ON CENTER <OCl SPACING SHALL
BE USED FROM PLANT TO THE EDGES OF PAVING AND LAWNS.
N TYPICAL GROUND COVER SPACING
NOT TO SCALE
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
~ ur.~5 Call: TOLL FREE
811
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
lWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
APPROVED:
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE LANDSCAPE DETAILS
CHECK BY:
SHEET l5 OF 05 SHEETS CITY ENGINEER DATE
DWG. NO ..
1 0 OF 18
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
ATTACHMENT "C"GENERAL NOTES
1 ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2013 CALIFORNIA BU ILDING CODE AND ALL GOVERNING CODES.
2 All WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS ,
3 SEE ARCHITECTURA L DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING:
A. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS, EXCEPT AS NOTED.
B. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR NON -BEARING PARTIT IONS, EXCEPT AS NOTED.
C. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL CONCRETE CURBS. fLOOR DRAINS, SLOPES, DEPRESSED AREAS,
CHANGE IN LEVEL, CHAMFERS, GROOVES, INSERTS ETC. EXCEPT AS SHOWN.
D. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ' ALL FLOOR AND ROOF OPENINGS EXCEPT AS SHOWN.
E. FLOOR AND ROOF FINISHES.
F. DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS.
4 SElMSIC ANALYSIS FOR BUILDING:
I= 1.6
Op= 1.0, Rp= 2.5
(CANTILEVER ELEMENTS-EXTERIOR NONSTRUCTURAL WALLS)
Sds"' '1.604, Sd1= 0.704
Sms= 2.406, Sm 1 = 1.175
OCCUPANCY CATEGORY = II
SEIMSIC DESIGN CATEGORY = E
Sff[ ClASS D
5 WINO LOAD
A. BASIC WIND SPEED V= 115 '-lPti
B. lw= 1.0
C. EXPOSURE C
6 DRAWiNG SCALES NOTED 01'-J STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR
.SHALL VERIFY DIMEMSIONS NOT NOTED WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK.
7 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH
THE ONES SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK.
8
9
' 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FO~ THE DESIGN AND INSTAUATION Of All TEI,lPORARY
.SHORING. ALL SHORING SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENS£0 IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WHERE
REQUIRED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING SHORING CALCULATIONS AND DETAILS TO THE ENGINEER
OF RECORD FOR REVIEW .AND APPROVAL. TEMPORARY BRACING OR SHORING SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEREVER REQUIRED TO
.SUPPORT LOADS AS MAY BE IMPOSED UPON THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH BRACING SHALL BE THE SOLE
RESPONSIBilJTY OF' THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL REMAIN IN PlACE AS LONG AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SAFETY.
FIE LD WELDING 10 BE DONE BY WELDERS CERTIFIED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR STRUCTUFAL "STEEL, REINFORCING
.S TEEL AND LIGHT GAUGE STEEL CONTlNUOUS INSPECTION BY A DEPUTY INSPECTOR IS REQUIRED.
REINFORCING STEEL FOR CONCRETE
REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE DEFORMED B.ARS CONFORMING TO Tl1E REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A706 OR ASTM A615 , GRADE 50.
WELDED WIRE FAERIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTIA A-185.
MIN IMUM LAP OF WELDED FABRIC · SHALL BE 6" OR ONE FULL MESH PLUS 2", WHICHEVER IS GREATER .
A MINIMUM lAP FOR AL L BARS SHALL BE 2' ~0", SEE" LAP SPLICE SCHEDULE FOR lAP lENGTHS:
LAPS ARE TO BE SECURELY TIED AT ALL SIDES AND END LAPS.
DOWELS CONNECTING WALLS OR COLUMNS TO FOOTINGS SHALL BE THE SAME GRADE, SIZE AND
SPACING AS THE VERT)CAL RE INFORCING IN THE WALLS OR COLUMNS, UNLESS NOTED OTMERW ISE..
REINFORCING SPUCES SHALL BE MADE ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS,.
ADD ITIONAL REINFORCEMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AROUND ALL SLAB AND WALL OPENINGS AS "SHOWN
ON THE TYPICAL DETAILS WITHOUT EXCEPTION UNLESS NOTED OlHERWISE.
ALL REINFORCING STEEl TO BE WELDED SHALL BE ASTM A-706, GRADE 60. ELECTRODES fOR
WELDING REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE E90XX, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED .
WHERE VERTlCAL WAll. DOWELS FROM FOOTING INTERFERE WITH STEEL COLUMN BASE PLATE, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE THESE DOWELS 3 INCHES FROM EDGE OF BASE PlATE.
Ali WALLS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS WITH DOWELS MATCHING
HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT,
CONCRETE
SCHEDULE Of STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AND TYPES:
LOCATION IN STRUCTURE
CONC MIX FOR BACKFILL
Sl.AN-ON-GRADE
FOOTINGS
ALL CONCRETE U.N .O.
28-DAY COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH
2DOO PS I
2500 PS I
2500 PS I
4000 PSI
DENSITY
145 PCF
145 PCF
145 PCF
145 PCF
ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WrTH THE TYPICAL
CONSTRUCTION JOINT DETAilS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWIN-GS.
CLEAN AND ROUGHEN TO t/4" AMPUTUDE AU. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINT SURFACES AGAINST
WH ICH CONCRETE IS TO BE PLACED. All CONSTRUCTION JO INTS SHALL. BE WEITED AND STANDING
WATER SHALL BE REMOVED IMMED IATELY BEFORE NEW CONCRETE IS PlACED.
PROVIDE SLEE.VES FOR PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL OPENINGS IN CONCRETE BEFORE POURING
CONCREfE. DO NOT CUT ANY REINFORCING WHICH MAY CONFUeT. CORlNG IN CONCRETE IS NOT
PERMITTED UNLESS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL. ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT NOTIFY THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION OF CONDITIONS · NOT .SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
CLEAR COVERAGE OF CONCRETE OVER OUTER REINFORCING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
LOCATION IN STRUCTURE
FOOTING TOP BARS
BOTTOM AND SIDE BARS EXPOSED TO EARTH
WALL EXTERIOR AGA INST EARTH OR EXPOSED TO WEATHER
INTERIOR FACE
SLAB EXTERIOR AGAINST EARTH DR EXPOSED TO WEATHER
INTERIOR FACE
BEAMS/COLUMNS EXTERIOR AGA INST EARTH OR EXPOSED TO WEATHER
INTERIOR FACE
ALL REINFORCEMENT INCLUDING WNF SHALL BE CHAIRED UP.
COORD INAT E EXPOSED COLD JOINTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
SEE ARCH ITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND SIZE OF CURBS, CHAMFERS, GROOVES, INSERTS
(STUD BOLTS, ANCHORS, PLATES, ... ) ETC.
CONCRETE FOR TOPPING SlABS SHALL NOT BE PLACED UNTIL CONCRETE SlAB BELOW HAS REACHED
FULL 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGT\1.
ALL CONCRETE ELEMENTS SHALL BE REINFORCED NO PlAIN CONCRETE IS PERMmED. ALL CONCRffi
ELEMENTS' SHALL BE ' REINFORCED WITH A MINIMUM STEEL AREA OF 0.0018 TIMES THE
CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA QF ~ONCRETE ELEMENT CQNTINUOUS IN EACH DIRECTION, TYPICAL UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE.
All TRANSIT -MIXED CONCRETE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A CONCRETE PLANT WHIC H COMPLIES FULL'!'
WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CBC STANDARDS AND HAS BEEN CERTIFIED BY AN AGENCY ACCEPTABLE
TO GOVERNING JUR ISDICTION SO THAT BATCH PlANT INSPECTION MAY BE WAVED .
Al RSE ASSOCIATES I nc.
700 S Flower St, Suite 2730
Los A nge les , CA 900 12
T e l :(2 13) 623 -3881
CLEAR COVERAGE
2"
3"
2"
3/4"
2''
1/4"
2"
1/2"
161 0 Temp l e Cit y Parking l ot
PLAN DATE : 11 /30/16
CONCRl TE JOINTS
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT STRENGTH AND APPEARANCE OF CONCRETE
ARE NOT IMPAIRED , AT LOCATIONS INDICATED OR AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIMITS ON LOCAT ION AND SPACING .
A. LOCATE JOINTS FOR BEAMS, SUSPENDED SlABS, JOISTS, AND GIRDERS IN THE MIDDLE THIRD 'OF
SPANS. OFFSET JOINTS IN GIRDERS A MIN IMUM DISTANCE OF TWICE THE BEAM WIDTH FROM A
B. LOCATE HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN WALLS AND COLUMNS AT UNDERSIDE OF FLOORS, SLABS, BEAMS,
AND GIRDERS AND AT THE TOP OF FOOTINGS OR FLOOR SLABS OR AT 30 FT MAXIMUM HEIGHT
C. LOCATE VERTICAL JOINTS IN WALLS BESIDE PIERS INTEGRAL WITH WALLS, NEAR RE-ENTRANT CORNERS,
AND IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE. INTERVALS SHALL BE 15 -25 FEET WHERE
APPLICABLE WrTH MAXIMUM SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 40 FT NOR BE LOCATED WITHIN 15 FT OF A
BUILDING CORNER .
D. LAYOUT OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN SLABS ON GRADE MAY CORRESPOND WITH CO NTRACTION JO INTS.
2 CONTRACTION JOINTS IN' SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO CONTROL THE CRACKING PATTERNS AT
LOCATIONS INDICATED OR AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
A. LOCATE. JOINTS AT COLUMN LINES WHERE APPLICABLE, WITH SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 20 FT AND RATIO
OF LONG TO SHORT SIDE NOT TO EXCEED 1.5. MAXIMUM RECTANGULAR SlAB AREA CONTROLLED BY "
JOINTS NOT TO EXCEED 500 SQUARE FEET.
B. CONTRACTOR OPTION TO FORM EITHER SAWCUT OR TOOLED JOINTS EXCEPT IN PARKING AREAS.
CONTROL JOINTS IN PARKING AREAS MUST BE TOOLED.
3 CONTRACTION JOIN TS IN WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO CONTROL THE CRACKING PAITERNS AT LOCATIONS
INDICATED OR AS APPROVED BY ARCH ITECT
A, LOCATE JOINTS AT COLUMN LINES WHERE APPLICABLE, WITH HORIZONTAL SPACING NOT TO EXCEED
THE WALL HEIGHT NOR 20 FEET AND PREFERABLY MATCHES LAYOUT SLAB JOINTING.
B. FORM CONTRACTION JOINTS FOR A DEPTH EQUAL TO AT LEAST ONE FOURTH OF CONCRETE WALL
THICKNESS BY ATTACHING MIN. 1/2'' WIDE BEVELED WOOD STRIPS TO INSIDE OF BOTH SIDES OF
CONCRETE FORM .
STRUCTURAL STEEL
1. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHA PES SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING GRADES:
ROLLED SHAPES., ... , ... , ..... ,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,., ... ,., ... , .•... ,.ASTM A992 GRADE 50
PLATES AND BARS ...................................................... ASTM A36
RECT HSS .................................................................... ASTM A500 GR B-46KS I
ROUND HSS ................................................................ ASTM A500 GR B-42KSI
STEEL PIPE .................................................................. ASTM A53 TYPE S GRADE B
2. STEEL CONNECTION BOLTS TO BE ASTM A325 . ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE ASTM F1554. WELDED STEEL CONNECTIONS TO BE
MINIMUM 1(6" CONTINUOUS FILLET WELD, UNLESS LARGER WELDS ARE REQUIRED .
3, SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBM ITTED FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL
4. BOLT HOLES IN STEEL TO BE X6 LARGER IN DIAMETER THAN THE NOMINAL SIZE OF BOLTS USED .
5. BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS'
A. MIN (2) J> INCH DIAMETER BOLTS WITH STANDARD OR HORIZONTAL SHORT
SLOTTED HOLES IN WEBS OF BEAMS.
B. BOLTS AT MOMENT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PREPARED AND INSTALLED FOR SLIP CRITICAL SERVICE.
C. SIMPLE SHEAR CONNECTIONS SHALL BE EITHER SUP CRITICAL OR BEARING
TYPE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS (ASSUME TYPE N BOLTS FOR ALLOWABLE VALUES).
6. SIMPLY SUPPORTED BEAM CONNECTIONS, UNLESS SHOWN ON PLAN OR NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL PROV IDE CONNECTION
CAPAC ITY EQUAL TO )2 OF THE TOTAL UN IFORM LOAD CAPACITY OF THE BEAM BASED ON SHAPE, SPAN, AND GRADE OF STEEl, PER
"AL LO WABLE LOADS ON BEAMS" PART 2, AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, 13TH ED. ADO FULL REACTIONS OF SUPPORTED
BEAMS FRAM ING IN WITHIN L/10 OF CONNECTIONS.
7. PROVIDE MINIMUM 3/4" THICK . BASE PLATE WITH 4-)f0 Nl!T AND WASHER TYPE AN CHOR BOLTS FOR COLUMNS. U.NO . EMBED
ANCHOR BOLTS 12" MINIMUM IN CONCRETE.
B. WHERE STEEL COLUMNS ARE WITH IN STUD WAL LS, .ANCHOR STUDS TO STEEL USING A MINIMUM OF (2) HILT I X-U POWDER
ACTUATED FASTENERS @ 8 INCHES O.C., UNO.
9. WHERE PENETRATIONS THROUGH STEEL BEAMS ARE NECESSARY , LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF PROPOSED PENETRATIONS SHALL BE
MARKED ON PLAN AND SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW , WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ENGINEER IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO CUTTING OR
MODIFY IN G STEEL BEAMS.
10. FIELD WELDING TO BE DONE BY WELDERS CERTIFIED BY THE LADBS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL CONTINUOUS INSPECTION BY A
DEPUTY INSPECTOR IS REQUIRED.
11. SHOP WELDS MUST BE PERFORMED IN A LAOBS LICENSED FABRICATOR'S SHOP.
12. LAOBS LICENSED FABRICATOR IS REQU IRED FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL ,
SPECIAL INSPECT IONS
SPECIAL INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 24, PART 2, CBC BY A REGISTERED DEPUTY BU ILDING · INSPECTOR
APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT, SHAll BE REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING
TYPES OF WORK. SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS .
2 CERTIFICATION " IS REQ'D FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL, REINF . .STEEL, CONCRETE MIXES, GROUTS AND ALL OTHER
MATERIALS AND FABRICATIONS.
3' CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION BY A REGISTERED DEPUTY INSPECTOR IS REQUIRED FOR FIELD WELD ING, CON_CRETE
STRENGTH f'c > 2500 ps i, HIGH STRENGTH BOLTING, SPRAYED-ON FIREPROOFING, ENGINEERED MASONRY, HIGH-LIFT
GROUTING, PRE-STRESSED CONCRElE, HIGH LOAD DIAPHRAGMS AND SPECIAL MOMENT -RESISTING CONCRETE FRAMES ..
4 SHOP WELDS MUST BE PERFORMED IN A LAOBS UCENSED FABR ICATOR'S SHOP.
5 LADBS LICENSED FABRICATOR IS REQUIRED FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL.
6 PERJOOIC SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR WOOD SHEAR WALLS, SHEAR PANELS, DIAPHRAGMS, INCLUDING NAILING,
BOLTlNG, ANCHORING, AND OTHER FASTENING TO COMPONENTS OF THE SEISMIC FORCE RESISTlNG SYSTEM. SPECIAL INSPECTION
BY A DEPUTY INSPECTOR IS REQUIRED WHERE THE FASTE NER SPACING dF THE SHEATHING IS 4 INCHES ON CENTER OR LfSS.
7 CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION AS DEFINED BY CBC 13 [1702). REFER TO FOLLOWING TABLES FOR VERIFICATION
&INSPECTION REQU IREMENTS FOR DIFFERENT CONSTRUCTION TYPES:
VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
VERIFICATION & INSPECTION
1. INSPECTION OF REINFORCifo1G STEEL, INC LUDING PRESTRESS ING
TENDONS, AND PLACEMENT
2. INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL WE LDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH
TABLE 1704.3 , ITEM 58
CONTINOUS PERIODIC
X
REFERENCE
STANDARD
ACI 318 : 3.5,
7.1-7.7
AWS D1.4 ·
ACI 318: 3.5.2
IBC
REFERENCE
1913.4
3. INSPECTION OF BOLTS TO BE INSTALLED IN CONCRffi PRIOR TO AND
DURING PLACEMENT OF CONCRElE WHERE ALLOWABLE LOADS HAVE
X ACI 318: 8.1.3,
21.2.8
1911.5,1912.1
BEEN INCREASED OR WHERE STRENGTH DESIGN IS USED
4. INSPECTION OF ANCHORS INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE
5. VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX
6. AT THE TIME FRESH CONCRETE IS SAMPLED TO FABRICATE SPECIMINS
FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR CONTENT TESTS, AND
DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CONCRETE
. NSPECTION OF CONCRRE AN
B. INSPECTION FOR MAINT<NANCE OF SPECIFIED CURING TEMPERATURE
AND TECHNIQUES
9. INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATlON AND DIMENSIONS OF THE
CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED
X
X
X
X
X
ACI 318: 3.8.6, 1912.1
8. 1.3 , 21.2 .8
ACI 318: 1904.2.2,
CH. 4, 5.2-5.4 1913.2, 1913 .3
ASTM C 172 1913.10
ASTM C 31
ACI 318: 5.6,
5.8
ACI 318'
5.11-5 .13
ACI 318: 6.1.1
1913.9
' '
B CONTRACTORS RESPONSIB LE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A WIND OR SEISMIC FORCE" RES ISTING SYSTEM/COMPONENT LISTED IN THE "STATEMENT
OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONH SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY TO THE lADBS INSPECTORS AND THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON SUCH SYSTEM OR COMPONENT PER SEC 1709.1.
9 CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION BY A REGISTERED DEPUTY INSPECTOR IS REQUIRED FOR FIELD WELD ING, CONCRETE STRENGTH f'c > 2500 psi,
HIGH STRENGTH BOLTING, SPRAYED-ON FIREPROOFING, ENG INEERED MASONRY, HIGH -LIFT GROUTING, PRE -STRESSED CONCRETE, HIGH LOAD
DIAPHRAGMS AND SPECIAL MOMENT -RESISTING CONCRETE FRAMES .
NO. REVISIONS REVISED BY APPROVED BY DATE
1 90% PROG RE SS J.F. T.C. 11/23/16
2 PE RM IT SU BM ITTAL J .F. T.C . 12/02/16
SIGNATURE
FOUNDATIONS
FOUNDATION DESIGN BASED IN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION :
A. AlLOWABlE BEARING PRESSURE = 1500 PSF.
8. LATERAL BEARING OF 100 PSF PER FOOT OF DEPTH FOR FOOTING PlACED ON COMPACTED FILL
2 ALL SOIL SUPPORTED FOOTINGS SJ.lALL BE FOUNDED UPON COMPACTED FILL OF' UNDISTURBED NATURAL .SU BGRADE
WITH A MINIMUM BEARING CAPACITY OF 1500 PSF. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND SOIL IN VESIIGATIO "l ~EPO~T fOR
DETAILED GRADE AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
SPECIAL INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 24, PART 2, CBC BY A REGISTERED DEPUTY
BUILDING INSPECTOR APPROVED BY THE' STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT, SHALL
BE REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING l'iPES OF WORK SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC
REQU IREMENTS.
"2 CERTIFICATION IS REO'D FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL, REINF. STEEL, CONCRETE MIXES , GROUTS ANO All
OTHER MATERIALS AND FABRICATIONS.
3 CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION AS DEFINED BY CBC 10 [1702). REFER TO FOLLOWING TABLES FOR
VERIFICATION &INSPEC TI ON REQUIREMENTS FOR DIFFERENT CONSTRUCTION TYPES:
STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION NOTES
STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION [S THE VISUAL OBSERVATION OF THE ELEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS OF THE
STRUCTURAL SYSTEM AT SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION STAGES AND OF THE COMPLETED STRUCTURE
FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE TO THE. APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. STRUCTURAL
OBSERVATION DOES NOT WAIVE THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED QF THE
BUILDING INSPECTORS OR THE DEPUTY INSPECTOR .
STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
THE OWNER SHALL COORD INATE AND CALL FOR A MEETING BETWEEN THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT
RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN, THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER, CONTRACTOR, AFFECTED
SUBCONTRACTORS AND DEPUTY INSPECTOR TO IDENTIFY THE MAJOR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND
CONNECTIONS THAT AFFECT THE VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOAD SYSTEMS OF THE STRUCTURE. AND TO
REVIEW SCHEDULING OF THE REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS.
THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER SHALL BE GIVEN AT LEAST TWO BUSINESS DAYS NOTICE BEFORE A SITE
VlSIT IS REQUIRED FOR OBSERVATION .
THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER SHALL PERFORM SITE VlmS AT STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION THAT ALLOW
FOR CORRECTION OF DEFIC IENCIES WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL EFFORT OR UNCOVERING OF THE WORK
INVOLVED . AT A MINIMUM, OBSERVER REPORT FROM THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER:
A. INSTALLATION OF WALL FRAM ING.
THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER SHALL PREPEARE A REPORT FOR EACH SITE VISIT . THE ORIGINAL OF THE
OBSERVATION REPORT SHALL BE SENT TO THE BUILD ING INSPECTORS OFFICE. ONE COpY OF THE
REPORT SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE APPROVED PlANS. COPIES OF THE REPORT SHALL BE GIVEN TO
THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR AND DEPUlY INSPECTOR.
A FINAL OBSERVATION REPORT SHALL BE SUB MITTED SHOW ING THAT ALL OBSERVED DEFICIENCIES
WERE RESOLVED .A.ND THE' .STRUCTURAL SYSTEM CONFORMS GENERALLY TO THE APPROVED PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. THE DEPARTMEN T OF BUILD ING AND SAFETY WILL NOT ACCEPT THE STRUCTURAL.
WORK WITHOUT THE FINAL OBSERVATION REPORT AND CORRECTION OF SPPECIFIC DEFICIENCES NOTED
DUR ING NORMAL BUILDING ANO DEPUTY INSPECTlON.
ONLY THE ENGINEER OR ARCH ITECT OF RECORD MAY DEVELOP CHANGES RELATING TO THE
STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS. THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SHALL REVIEW AND APPROVE CHANGES TO 111£
APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
ABBREVIATIONS
THE ABBREVIATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT THE GENERAL ABBREVIATION LIST
A.B. ANCHOR BOLT !N CONCRETE
AESS ARCH ITECTURALLY EXPOSED
STRUCTURAL STEEL
ARCH . ARCH ITECTURAL.
B. BOTTOM BARS
B.B. BOTTOM BOTTOM BARS
C.J. CONSTRUCTION JOINT
COL. COLUMN
CONC. CONCRETE
CONN. CONNECTION
CONT. CONTINUOUS
DBL. DOUBLE
DET. DETAIL
OIA. DIAMETER
MAX .
M.B.
MD
MECH .
MIN .
NO .
N.S.
D.C.
O.H .
PL.
P.C.
MAXIMUM
MACHINE BOLT
METAL DECK
MECHAN ICAL
MINIMUM
NUMBER
NEAR SIDE
ON CENTER
OPPOSITE HAND
PLATE
PILE CAP
PENETRATION
REQUIRED
REINFORC ING STEEL
DO DiTTO (SAME AS SHOWN ABOVE)
EA. EACH
PEN .
REQ'D
REINF.
SAD.
S.C.
S.E.D.
SIM.
SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
SLIP CRITICAL
E.F . EACH FACE
ELEV . ELEVAT ION
E.W. EACH WAY
FDN . FOUNDATION
FLG . FLANGE
F.P. FULL PENETRATION BUTT WELO
F.S. FAR SIDE
FTG. FOOTING
GA. GAUGE
G.B. GRADE BEAM
H.A.B. HIGH STRENGTH ANCHOR BOLT
HF HARDY FRAME
HGR. HANGER
HK . HOOK
H.L. HIGH LEVEL
H. PL. HORIZONTAL COLUMN STIFF. PL.
H.S.B. HIGH STRENGTH BOLT
I.F. INSIDE FACE
Ld . DEVELOPMENT LENGTH
L.L. LOW LEVEL
L.l.H. LONG LEG HORIZONTAL
L.L.V. LONG LEG VERTICAL
LT ,WT. LIGHTWEIGHT
l 0 S T
S.LV .
S.M. D.
S.M.R.S.F.
S.O.G .
S.P.D.
STD .
STIFF.
SYM.
T.
IT.
T.&B.
T.O .B.
T.O.C.
T.O.F.
IO.S.
T.O.W.
T.W .
TYP .
U.N .O.
W.F.
WP .
W.W.F.
SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
SIMILAR
SHORT LEG VERTICAL
SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
SPECIAL MOMENT RESISTING
SPACE FRAME
SLAB ON GRADE
SEE PLUMB ING DRAWINGS
STANDARD
STIFFENER
SYMMETRIC
TOP BARS
TOP TOP BARS
TOP & BOTTOM
TOP OF BEAM
TOP Of CONCRETE
TOP OF FOOTING
TOP OF STEEL
TOP OF WALL
WEB THICKNESS
TYPICAL
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
WIDE FLANGE
WORK POINT
WELDED WIRE FABRI C
(4x4/W2. 1 xW2. 1)
WEST
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
APPROVED:
L ANDSCAP E ARC H I TE CTURE. DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
GARDENS e PARKS e CI TIES
520B Townsend Ave. los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 454B Carlsbad, CA 92018
TEL (323) 25B -B214 OR (7601 434-5790
CHECK B Y;
CITY" ENGINEER
"" JUI 16
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
ALL MASONRY MATERIAlS, CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND TESTING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 21,
201.3 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE.
2 CONCRETE BLOCK (CONCRETE MASONRY liNITS-CMLI) SHALL BE HOLLOW lOAD-BEARING CONCRETE UN!TS,
GRADE N-1 MEDIUM WEIGtll UNITS. THE MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF INDIVIDUAL CONCRETE
MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE 1900 PSI. PROPER MASONRY UN ITS SHAll BE USED TO PROVlOE FOR All DOORS,
WINDOWS , BOND BEAMS, UNTELS AND PILASTER, ETC .
3 MORTAR SHALL . BE TYPE S. MORTAR SHALL AITAIN A MIN IMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF "1900 PSI AT 28 DAY$·.
4 GROUT SHALL ATIAIN A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 200D PSI AT 28 DA'(S .
5 MASONRY DESIGN STRENGT11, fm, ASSUMED FOR DESIGN IS 1500 PSI.
6 THE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN THE SURFACE OF A BAR AND ANY SURFACE OF A MASONRY UNIT SHALL BE
ONE BAR DIAMETER , BUT NOT LESS THAN Jf INCHES. AU. REINFORCING BARS SHALl ALSO HAVE A MINIMUM
COVER, INCLUDING MASONRY UNIT OF 1}f INCHES WHEN EXPOSED TO WEATHER AND 2 INCHES WHEN
EXPOSED TO SOIL. TYP. U.N.O.
7 All MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUS INSPECTION BY AN INSPECTOR APPROVED BY
GOVERNING JURISDICTION .
8 All MASONRY UNIT CELLS SHALL BE GROLITEO SOLID BY LOW -LIFT OR HIGH LIFT GROUTED CONSTRUCTION
METHOD. GROUTING SHALL. COMPLY WITH THE REQU IRE1.1ENTS OF 2Q13 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
9 HORIZONTAl RE INFORCING SHALL BE LAID" ON THE WEBS OF BONO UNITS · AND ·SHALL BE SOLIDLY GROUTED
IN PlACE.
10 BOND: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, NOTED OR SPECIFIED, lAY Ali .UNITS IN COMMON RUNNING BOND.
* WHEN SPECIFIED, STACK BOND Wffil OPEN END UNIT SHAU. BE USED FOR INTERIOR INS1AUATION.
Service Alert
Call: TOLL FREE
811
lWO WORKING DAYS BEFOR£ YOU DIG
OAT£
OAT£
CIT Y OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I. D., P 17-05
GENERAL NOTES
50.1 11 of 18
ATTACHMENT "C"
BAR
SIZE
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
#9
#10
#11
TENSION LAP SPLICE {LTS) CLASS B SCHEDULE {INCHES)
F'c= 3000 psi F'c= 4000 psi
CONDITION 1 CONDITION 2 CONDITION 3 CONDIT ION 1 CONDITION 2 CONDITION 3
TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER
BARS BARS BARS BARS BA RS BARS BA RS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS
28 21 28 21 42 32 26 18 26 18 36 28
38 28 38 28 56 44 32 24 32 25 48 38
48 36 48 36 70 54 42 30 42 30 60 46
58 44 58 44 84 64 50 36 50 36 72 56
62 48 82 62 122 94 54 40 70 54 106 82
70 54 94 72 140 108 60 46 80 62 120 92
80 60 104 80 156 120 68 52 90 70 136 104
88 68 116 90 174 134 76 58 100 76 156 116
98 76 132 102 196 150 86 66 112 86 170 130
LAP SPLICE
SHOP OFFSET LAP SLOPE 1 :6 MAX.
FOR COLUMNS & 1:12 MA X. FOR
BEAMS
LAP SPLICE
I t
~----NON -CON TACT LAP FOR CONCRETE
LAP SPLICE
~---W I RE CONTACT LAP
NOTES:
1. TOP BARS ARE HOR IZONTAL WITH MORE THAN 12" CONCRETE CAST IN THE MEMBER BELOW THE
2. THES E BAR DEVELOPMENT LENGTHS APPLY TO REGULAR WEIGHT CONCRETE. MULTIP LY THE ABOVE Ld BY 1.3 FOR
CONCRETE. H
3. ALL DETAILING OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE UNLESS SPEC IFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE
DRAWINGS.
4. Db INDICATES DIAMETER OF THE
5. DEFIN ITIONS OF CONDITION 1 THRO UG H 3 AS
FO ICONDITION 1: ANY REINFORCEMENT WHERE BAR COVER NOT LESS THAN 2 db AND BAR SPA CING NOT LESS
THAN WITHOUT ANYCONF INEMEN T.
CONDITION 2: DOES NOT SATISFY CONDITION 1, BUT EITHER ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS
SAA.IBAR DEVELOPED INS ID E OF BEAM STIRRUPS OR CO LUMN TIES PER
CLEAR BAR SPAC ING NOT LESS THAN
CLEAR BAR COVER NOT LESS THAN
COLUMN TIES OR BEAM STIRRUPS THROUGHOUT LTS NOT LES S THAN THE CODE
Mlf-OR-
B. BARS DEVELOPED NOT ENCASED IN BEAM STIRRUPS OR COLUMN TIES PER
CLEAR BAR SPACING NOT LESS THAN
CLEAR BAR COVER NOT LESS THAN
CONDITION 3: USED WHERE CON DITION 1 AND 2 ARE NOT
6. A. USE CLASS "B" SPLICES U.N .O. AT CLASS "A" SPLICES ONE HALF OR LE SS OF THE TOTAL
WITHIN THE REQUIRED LAP
B. USE CLASS "A" SPLICES WHERE SPEC IF ICALLY NOTED ON
7. FOR CLASS "A" SPLICES USE SAME VALUES AS
8. SMALLER BAR LAP LENGTH SHALL BE USED WHEN SPLICING DIFFERENT SIZE
9. AT CONCRETE WALLS SPLIC ES IN HORIZO NTAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE
10 .AT CONCRETE WALLS SPLICES IN TWO CURTAINS, WHER E USED, SHALL NOT OCCUR IN THE SAME LOCATION.
SPLICES AT LEA ST 2' -0"
11 .ALL FOOTIN G DOWELS SHALL HAVE CLASS "B" LAP SP LICE AT VERTICAL WA LL/CO LUMN BARS. (STAGGER DOWEL
HEIGH TS).
0 ~;~:~~~TENSION LAP SPLICE DETAIL & SCHEDULE
41 RSE ASSOCIATES Inc .
700 S Flower St, Suite 2730
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Tel:(213) 623-3881
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16
NO.
1
2
REVISIONS
90% PROGRESS
PERMIT SUBMITTAL
NOTES:
BAR
SIZE
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
#9
#10
#11
TENSION DEVELOPMENT LENGTH {Ld) SCHEDULE {INCHES)
F' c = 3000 psi F'c = 4000 psi
CONDITION 1 CONDITION 2 CONDITION 3 CONDITION 1 CONDITION 2 CONDITION 3
TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER
BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS
22 16 22 16 32 26 20 14 20 14 28 22
30 22 30 22 44 34 26 19 26 20 38 28
36 28 36 28 54 42 32 24 32 24 46 36
44 34 44 34 64 50 38 28 38 28 56 43
50 38 62 48 94 72 46 32 54 42 82 62
56 42 72 55 107 82 48 38 62 47 92 72
62 48 80 62 120 92 54 42 70 54 104 80
70 54 90 70 134 104 60 46 78 60 118 90
76 58 102 78 150 116 66 50 86 66 130 100
1. TOP BAR S ARE HORIZONTAL WITH MORE THAN 12" CONCRETE CAST IN THE MEMBER BELOW THE REINFORCEMENT.
2. THESE BAR DEVELOPMENT LENGTHS APPLY TO REGULAR WEIGHT CONCRETE. MULTIP LY THE ABOVE Ld BY 1.3 FOR LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE.
3. ALL DETAILING OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS.
4. Db INDI CATES DIAMETER OF TH E BAR.
5. DEFINITIONS OF CONDITION 1 THROUGH 3 AS FOLLOWS:
COND ITION 1: ANY RE INFORCEMENT WHERE BAR COVER NOT LESS THAN 2Db AND BAR SPAC ING NOT
LESS THAN 4Db WITHOUT ANY CON FIN EMEN T
CONDIT ION 2: DOES NOT SATISFY CONDIT ION 1, BUT EITHER ONE OF THE FO LLOW ING IS SATISFIED:
A. BAR DEVELOPED INSIDE OF BEAM STIRRUPS OR COLUMN TI ES PER CODE:
CLEAR BAR SPACING NOT LESS THAN db.
CLEAR BAR COVER NOT LESS THAN db
COLUMN TIES OR BEAM STIRRUPS THROUGHOUT Ld NOT LESS THAN THE CODE MINIMUM
-OR-
B. BARS DEVE LOPED NO T ENCAS ED IN BEAM STIRRUPS OR COLUMN TIES PER CODE
CLEAR BAR SPAC ING NOT LESS THAN 2db
CLEAR BAR COVER NOT LESS THAN db
COND ITION 3: USED WHERE COND ITION 1 AND 2 ARE NOT SATISFIED.
6. A STANDARD HOOK SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE Ld IS UNATIAINABLE DUE TO SPACE RESTR ICTIONS {REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR Ldh).
CO MPRESSION DEVELOPMENT LENGTH{Ldb) SCHEDULE(INCHES) AND COMPRESSION
LAP SPLICE {Ldc) SCHEDULE {INCHES)
F' c=3000 ps i F' c=4000 psi
BAR SIZE
Ldb Ldc Ldb Ldc
8 12 8 12
#4 12 16 9 16
#5 14 20 12 20
#6 16 24 14 24
#7 20 26 18 26
#8 22 30 20 30
#9 26 34 22 34
#10 28 38 24 38
#11 32 42 28 42
#14 37 51 32 57
0 ~~ERN~?MPRESSION DEVELOP LENGTH (Ldb)
REVISED BY APPROVED BY DATE
J.F. T .C . 11/23/16
J.F. T .C. 12/02/16
SIGNAT URE xY../xx/16
L 0 S T WEST
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
GARDENS e PARKS e CITIES
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Car lsbad, CA 92018
TEL, (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
CROS S TIE
SPANDR EL & BEAM
SU PP LE MENTARYTI E
0 ~ 6d FOR #3 THRU #8
BAR S 0 ~ Bd FOR #9 THRU
#11 BARS 0 ~ 10d FOR 14
AND #18 BARS
STANDARD HOO K DETAILS
,-----ALT CROSS
TIE END IN
ALL CASES
d
CO LUM N &
SPANDREL TIE
I c CLASS "B"
~P LICE U.N:.::_.O ~¥-
TIE LAP DE TAIL
d
'
r
l DETAILI NG DI MENSI ON
~:[D)
J J 4d1-1i2'MIN
6d "4" MIN r BEAM <(
D
d
BEAM &JOIST
ST IRRUP
CO NCRETE COVER TO RE INFO RCEMEN T SCHEDU LE
LOCATION IN STRUCTURE
CO NCRETE FILL ON METAL DECK
WA LLS
FOOTING S,
GRADE BEAMS ,
SLABS ON GRADE
SUSPENDED SLABS
NOTES :
INTE RIOR FACES
EX POSE D TO EAR TH OR
WEATHER
TOP BARS
BO TT OM & SIDE BARS
EX POSE D TO EA RT H
1. ALL RE INF ORCE MENT IN CLUDING W.W .F. SHAL L BE CHAIR ED UP
CLEAR COVER
1' FROM TOP
3/4 '
I 1/2 " (#5 OR SMALLER)
2' ( #6 OR LARGE R)
2'
3'
1' FROM TOP
1 1/4 "
0 ~~NN~~ETE COVER TO REINFORCEMENT
Underground
~ ·~
Service Alert
Call: TOLL FREE
811
TWO WORK ING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
APPROVED:
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE
CHECK BY:
CI TY ENGINEER DATE
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBUC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I. D.: P 17-05
CONCRETE TYPICAL DETAILS
50.2 12 of 18
ATTACHMENT "C"
1 '""' w I .. v / /
#5 @ a· o / \.: ·• v .. ~ .· ..
/ . ·• / / .. . v / . .·
F. 1/ / .. • '/ :;/ '/
'//
LINTEL REI N
PER SC H E~
~d HOO
VERT
90'
#5 @ 8" o.c.
EAC H FAC E'-----+4-t-c---1
12" ,I,N D 16'
CMU WALL
LIN TE L
TY P. WALL REI NF.
PER SC HED . U.N ..
L.L.
I"'
/
VE RT. BARS AT ENO S OF
WALL PE R SCH EO . U.Nfr-
/. //// /// ... . .
/1---jl--. ·• (.y · .• / v l!o.".e. -~ f-• / .. .. . . • . .. • . . / . •· v .. · 4 ••
7 / '///// V///////.t//
"_) 180' HOOK
VERT. BARS AT ENO S OF
WALL PER SCH ED . U.NI:&.8.,---.jt~-~b~
WAL L REIN F. PER
SC HEO. U. N.O.
LL
. ·•
c .. • •
I"-
/
I •)
.. .. .
•
. ·• .
' '
I I
'
/j//1/////1//
-~ / •' I~ • / . • v'
/
~
/ v >1 r; ·~-. /
• J.:.•J V . . .· v
177 ///// ////////////
3@ 16" ,OJ
t LTER NATE )
~JA MB OR
;,
~
"
0 SECTIONS AT LINTEL, DOOR JAMB,AND END OF WALL
5 ~~---------------SCA LE: N.T .S.
"~'-------3/8 " WIDE (U.N.O.)
'
I
STACK ED CO NT RO L JOINT FRO M TOP OF
PROVIDE OPE N END BLOCKS AT BOTH SIDES FOO TING TO TOP OF WAL L
OF JO INT. FI LL WI TH SEALAN T EA. SIDE ,
SEE NOTE. I
. .·
' '
KEY COLD JO INT FUL L HEIGHT WITH
24 GA. GALV. FORMED DIVISION STR IP
t --t-(2)-#5 CO NT. AT
LAY ER OF REINF.
LAP SP LI CE PE R SC HED ULE
NOTES:
1.) PROV IDE JO INTS AT INTERVA LS NOT TO EXCE ED 50 FT. REFER TO ARC HITE CTURA L
DRAW INGS FOR EXAC T LOCAT IONS.
2.) HOR IZ. REIN F. AT FLOOR & ROOF LINE S, AND lYP ICA L WA LL REINF ORCI NG SHALL BE
CON TINUO US TH ROUGH CO NTROL JO IN T OR SPI LED AS SHOWN .
3.) SIN GLE LAYER OF REIN FORC EMENT SHOW N, DO UB LE LAY ER OF REINFORCEM ENT IS SIMILA R.
4.) FOR CONTRO L JOINTS IN HEAD SECT ION OVER OPE NINGS, IN STALL DIVISION STR IPS IN 8"
SECT IONS WITH ALTE RNATIN G KEY EAC H SIDE OF JOINT .
5.) USE POLYS UL PHIDE SEALA NT U.N.O. BY ARC HIT EC TU RAL DWGS.
0 MASONRY WALL CONTROL JOINT 6 ~------------------SCA LE : N.T.S.
41 RSE ASSOC I A TE S I nc.
700 S Flower St , Suite 2730
Los Angeles , CA 90012
Tel:(21 3) 623 -3881
1610 Temple City Parking Lot
PLAN DATE : 11 /30 /16
NO . REV ISION S
1 90 % PROGRESS
2 PERMIT SUBMITTAL
NOTE S
1. SEE 1 /S003 FOR lYP ICA L BAR BEND IN G DETAIL.
2.
BAR SIZE LAP SPLIC E DEVEL OPME NT
LE NGTH 'Ld'
3 25" 25"
4 33" 33"
5 41" 41"
6 49" 49"
7 57" 57"
8 SEE NO TE #4 SEE NOTE #4
9 SEE NOTE #4 SEE NOTE #4
3. PROV IDE LAP SPLICE FOR ALL VERTI CAL BARS INC LUD ING WAL L ENDS, CORNERS,
OPENIN GS, AND FOO TIN G DOW EL S .
4. PROV IDE FULL WELDED DIRE CT BUTI SP LI CE PER DETAIL 9/S1 -11 OR
MECHANI CA L CO UPLE R TH AT DEVE LOPS AT LEAST 125% THE BAR YIELD
STREN GTH . STAGGER AD JACEN T BAR SPLI ECES AT LEAS T BY 30 INCHES.
5. WHE N ADJACEN T LAP SPLI CES AR E SEPE RATED BY 3 IN CHES OR LESS,
LA P SPLI CE LE NG TH SHALL BE INCREAS ED BY 1.3 TIME S; OR STAGGE R
SPLI CES AT LEAST 24 BAR DIA METE RS WITH NO IN CREA SE IN LAP LENGTH.
6. BARS SPLIC ED BY NO NCON TACT LA P SP LI CES SHALL BE SPACED TRANSVERS ELY
NO T FARTH ER APART THAN ONE FI FTH THE REQ UI RED LENGTH OF LAP NOR MORE
THAN 8 IN CHE S.
CD MASONRY REINFORCING NOTES AND SPLICE SCHEDULE 3 ~:-::--------------
SCA LE: N.T.S.
LINT EL RE IN F.
SEE SC HED ULE WHEN REQUI 48 x BAR DIA. (2' -0" MIN.),
FL OOR LEVE L
48 db
(2' -0" MIN .)
EX TEND JAMB BA RS FL. TO FL.
OR FL. TO ROOF WHEN WIDTH OF
OPE NIN G IS MOR E TH AN 4' -0"
FL OOR LEVE L
STAN DARD HOOK WHERE
EMBEDM ENT IS IM POSS IBLE
WHERE EXTENSION IS IMPOSS IBLE ,
EXTEND BARS AS FAR AS POSSIBLE
AND HOOKED, lYP.
LI NTEL RE INF.
SEE SC HED.
LAP SPLIC E
1-------1------DOWELS TO MATCH
JAMB BARS -lYP.
ELEVA TI ON
LIN TEL REINF ORC EMEN T
WIDE OF OPENI NG BAR SIZE
LE SS TH AN 5' -0 " (2)-#5
5' -0" TO 7' -0" (2)-#6
>7'-0" TO 10'-0" (2)-#7
48 db
(2' -0" MIN.)
0 MASONRY WALL MINIMUM REINFORCING AT OPENING (U.N.O) 4 -----------------------SCA LE: N.T.S.
REVISED BY APPROVED BY DATE
J .F . T .C . 11 /2 3/16
J .F . T .C . 12 /02 /16
SIGNATURE xY../xx/16
L 0 S T WEST
A C ALIF O R NIA CORP OR A TI ON
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
GAR DE NS e PA RKS • CITIE S
5 208 To wnsend Ave. Los Ange les , CA 900 41
PO BO X 454 8 Ca rls b ad, CA 920 18
TE L, (323) 258 -82 14 OR (760) 434 -5790
MINI MUM WALL REI NFORC ING
WALL THK . VERT. HORIZ. VERT. BARS @END OF
(NOM INA L) REIN F . REIN F. ~A LL CORN ER , OR IN .
8" #4 @16" O.C. #4 @16" o.c. (2)-#5 CONT.
12" #5 @16" O.C. #5 @16" o.c. ( 4)-#6 CONT. EAC H FACE EAC H FAC E
16" #5 @16" O.C. #5 @16" O.C. ( 4)-#6 CONT. EACH FACE EAC H FACE
NOTES:
1. PROVID E MINI MUM (2)-#5 AT EAC H SIDE AND TOP OF ALL OPEN INGS, U.N.O.
PER 3/S007
2. WALL HORI ZONTAL RE INFORC ING SHALL BE PLACED IN THE INN ER LAYERS AND
VE RT ICA L REI NFORCIN G IN TH E OUT ER LAYER, U.N.O .. FOR 8" WALLS, VER TICA L
REINFORCING SHALL BE PLACED AT THE CENTER LIN E OF THE WALL.
CD MINIMUM CMU WALL REINF (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)
1 ~~-------------------SCALE: N.T.S.
X ' 0
ro 1 ...-.
N
~
. -~
-~ ' .·
1---BLOCK WALL, GROU T ALL CELLS .
SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & LOCATION.
.----ALT. BEND
90' HOOK IN CORNER CE
48 x BAR DIA.
(2' -0" MIN.) lYP.
{'-"ft$~J---VER T. BARS AT ENDS OF
' .
INTERSEC TION
NO TE S:
WALL PER SCHED . U.N.O.
BREAK SHELL
SEE NOTE lYR.
VERT . BARS AT ENDS OF
WALL PER SCHED. U.N:tJ. c-. ----1"-c;i---<J:,
WALL REINF. PER
SCHEDULE U.N.O .
'----OPEN END BLOCK:-----../
~----WALL REI NF. PER
SCHEDUL E U.N.O :-. -------<---
CORNER
BLOCK LAYO UT SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. ACTUA L COND ITION WI LL VARY PER
RUN NING BO ND PATIER N, USE AP PROPRIATE UN ITS OR BREAK CMU SHELL
AS REQU IRED FOR RE INFORC ING PLACEMENT AN D FLOW OF GROUT .
0 TYP MINIMUM REINF AT 8" CMU WALL INTERSECTION 2 ~----------------------SCALE : N.T.S.
Un der grou n d
~ ·~
Service Alert
Cal l : TOLL FREE
811
TWO WORKING DA YS BEF ORE YOU DIG
AP PROVED:
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE
CH ECK BY:
CI TY ENG IN EER DATE
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBUC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I. D.: P 17 -05
CONCRETE MASONRY
TYPICAL DETAILS
50.3 13 of 18
ATTACHMENT "C"
1
2
ELEVATION
SCALE: N.T.S.
ELEVATION
SCALE: N.T .S.
~~ RSE ASSOCIATES Inc.
700 S Flower St, Suite 2730
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Tel:(213) 623-3881
LJ
NO.
161 0 Temple City Parking Lot
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16 1
2
HSS1
HSS1
REVISIONS REVISED BY APPROVED BY DATE
90% PROGRESS J.F. T.C. 11/23/16
PERMIT SUBMITTAL J.F . T.C. 12/02/16
SIGNATURE xx/xx/16
~~--==]]
I I
I I
I I
I I
L 0 S T WEST
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
GARDENS • PARKS • CITIES
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
TEL: (3231 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
I
I
APPROVED:
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
CHECK BY:
CITY ENGINEER
Service AI ert
Call: TOLL FREE
811
TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
DATE
DATE
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I. D.: P 17-05
ELEVATIONS
50.5 14 of 18
ATTACHMENT "C"
ASSOCIATES In c .
700 S Flower St, Suite 2730
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Tel :(213) 623-3881
-1 I I
~I I
NOTES:
1. ALL SPECIFIED FOUNDATION MEMBERS AND HARDWARE ARE NEW UN LESS NOTED AS "EXISTING" OR (E).
2. BOTTOMS OF ALL NEW FOOTINGS SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 24" INTO COMPETENT SOIL MEAS URED FROM
THE LOWEST ADJACENT GRADE. BOTTOM OF FOOTINGS SHALL BE FREE OF ALL LOOSE SO ILS.
3. SEE ARCH IT ECTURA L DRAW IN GS FOR FLOOR ELEVATIONS, DIMENS IONS & OPENINGS NOT SHOWN ON STRU CTURAL PLANS .
CD FOUNDATION PLAN 1f---:-:--::----,_,-------------------------
SCALE: N.T.S.
NO. REVISIONS REVISED BY
161 0 Temple City Parking Lot
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16 1 90% PROGRESS J .F .
2 PERMIT SUBMITTAL J.F .
AP PROVED BY DATE
T.C. 11/23/16
T.C . 12/02/16
SIG NATURE xx/xx/16
L 0 S T WEST
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
GARDENS • PARKS • CITIES
5208 Tow nsend Ave. Lo s Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
TEL: (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
APPROVED:
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
CHECK BY:
CITY ENGINEER
Service AI ert
Cal l: TOLL FREE
811
TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
DATE
DATE
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I. D.: P 17-05
FOUNDATION PLAN
51.0 15 of 18
ATTACHMENT "C"
ASSOC IATE S In c .
700 S Flower St, Suite 2730
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Tel :(2 13) 623-3881
T.O.W. S.A.D.
T.O.W. S.A.D.
c c
c c
c c
T.O.W. S.A.D. HSS8x6x)4 POST, lYP .
D D
r T.O.W. S.A.D.
D D
(2)~~~c~~3~,?~.~~s.~P~LA~N ________________________________________________________________________________ __
NO. REVISIONS REVISED BY
161 0 Temple City Parking Lot
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16 1 90% PROGRESS J.F.
2 PERMIT SUBMITTAL J.F .
AP PROVED BY DATE
T.C. 11/23/16
T.C. 12/02/16
SIGNATU RE KX )()( 16
L 0 S T WEST
A CALifORNIA CORPORATION
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
GARDENS • PARKS • CITIES
5208 Townsend Ave. los Angeles, CA 9 0041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
TEL, (323) 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
Under round Service Alert
APPROVED :
DIRE CTO R OF PUBLIC WORKS
CHECK BY:
CITY ENGINEER
Cal l: TOLL FREE
8 11
DATE
DATE
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
FLOOR PLAN
s 1 .1 16 of 18
ATTACHMENT "C"
ASSOCIATES Inc.
700 S Flower St, Suite 2730
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Tel:(213) 623-3881
HSS1 x4x)i
c c
HSS1 x4)(Y;
_.L_____L-f-----~1 I I-------'---------Y
1 HSS 1 x4xJi 1
X Q Q X
;;; HSS1 x4)(Y; ~
(f) (f)
:r: :r:
'%
"'" X
N
~
(f)
(f) :c
HSS1 x4x)i
c c
HSS1 x4)(Y;
HSS12x4x)4
HSS12x4x)i
(2)-;~c~~L;~:~.~~IS~PL~A~N~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO. REVISIONS REVISED BY
161 0 Temple City Parking Lot
PLAN DATE: 11/30/16 1 90% PROGRESS J.F.
2 PERMIT SUBMITTAL J.F .
APPROVED BY DATE
T.C. 11/23/16
T.C. 12/02/16
SIGNATURE xx/xx/16
L 0 S T WEST
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
GARDENS • PARKS • CITIES
5208 Townsend Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90041
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad, CA 92018
TEL, (3231 258-8214 OR (760) 434-5790
APPROVEDo
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
CHECK BYe
CITY ENGINEER
Service AI ert
Call: TOLL FREE
811
TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG
DATE
DATE
CITY OF TEMPLE CITY
PUBLIC WORKS AND ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I.D.: P 17-05
TRELLIS PLAN
51.2 17 of 18
ATTACHMENT "C"
18"
FOR REBAR SEE 0 ~
.
24"
(0)~~~c;=L ;~~=T .~_.O_O~T_IN_G __ D_ET_A_I_L ______________________ __
' ' ' • ' .
' ' ..... '-"'' ' '-' ',....._ '-
8" CMU WAL L
(8) #5 VER T
' ' ',~ ' '' '
\;::sc ' ' '
' ,, \
' \
\ \
' • •
:v#4@ 16" o.c. \ ::;=
\ ,,, ' ' ' "' ' ' /F " • ' ' • . . . . ,, \ ' ' ""'-' ·"-' ' ' ' L #4@ 16" o.c.
\
\ '--'--'
• • ' ' " ..
' \ \
'~ ~ " ' . I~
~"""
NOTE:
#5 @ 16" o.c.
VERT.
CUT CMU BLOCK SHELL TO CLEAR HSS POST INSTALLATION. 0 TYPICAL PIER SECTION BREAK SHE LL FACE FOR GROU T FLOW AT BLOCK INTERFACE 8 ~::-::------------'-------------'----------
SCALE : N.T .S.
' 5J ' "~
\ \
' '
• • ' ' ' '
' ' ' ' '' ' ' ' ' ' ' . F F • 1: • " • ' I ~ • •
'-'-'-'-'-''' ..._,,,, '' ,, ,..._,, ' ,,,,..._ ''' ,,,,.
\
' :::= 0::s
• • \
\
' \
\
\ ,.,._,._.
\ " \
' •
.~
NOTE:
CUT CMU BLOCK SHELL TO CLEAR HSS POST INSTALLATION . 0 ALT. PIER SECTION BREAK SHELL FACE FOR GROUT FLOW AT BLOCK INTERFACE 9 ~~-----'--------'------
SCA LE: N.T.S.
8"
® HSS 12x CONNECTION DETAIL
SCALE: N.T .S.
NO. REVlS IONS
14"X8"Xj" I[ W/
(2) #4 WE LDED
LO NG HOOK BAR
+( 4) j" WE LDED
STUD X 6" LONG
REVlS ED BY APPROVED BY DATE
ll RSE
1 61 0 Te mp le Ci t y Parking lot
ASSOC I ATES I nc.
700 S Flo wer St , S uite 2730
Los A ngel es, CA 90 012
Te l:(213) 62 3-3881
PLAN DATE: 11/3 0/16 1
2
90% PROGRESS J.F . T .C. 11 /2 3/16
PERMIT SUBMITTAL J.F. T .C . 12/02/16
RICK FINISH
9 GAUGE CON T WIRE
WIRE BOND SEISMIC VENEER ANCHOR
12 GAUGE @ 32" O.C. E.W. PLUS
W/ 9 GAUGE CONT WIRE
CMU WALL
TAPCON )'4" SCREW
x 1" MIN . EMBED
(ESR 1671)
0 TYPICAL BRICK VENEER INSTALLATION SECTION 4 ~::-::---------'------------'-------------'--------
SCALE: N.T.S.
;
' ,. ,,.
' .. ' .
' ~ .
' ' ' •
' ~
' ~ . f
' ' . ,.
.' • ·•· • ~
I.
(2) #4 JT. r ,.·.
~ ·t· .-. • ' . · ..
.' ~
~· ·.-..
24"
' ~
8" CMU
HOR IZ. &
• ,_ ;.
i •
WALL
#5
in -
W/ #4 @ 16" O.C .
@ 16" O.C. VERT.
'L #4 U-BAR @ 12" O.C.
0 WF-1 DETAIL 5 ~::-::------------
SCAL E: N.T.S .
HSS 8X6X1/4
EMBEDD ED 21"
INTO FOOTING
F1/F2
0 DETAIL 6 ~,:-=-----------
SCALE : N.T.S.
Y, END I[
1YP. :>-,,,---Q
716
I ILJ ! I
I I I I
I I I I
HSS12X4X1/4
HSS8X6~ W/ Y, CAP I[
HSS12X4X1/4
~~1 1 11~~
~~~1 1 11~~~
I I I I
I I I I
I []
i I _j
HSS12X4X1/4
0 TRELLIS TOP VIEW DETAIL 7 ----------
SCALE : N.T.S .
SIGNAT URE J<:X X X 16
L 0 S T WEST
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
LAND S CAPE ARCHITECTURE
GARDENS • PARKS • CI TIE S
5208 Townse nd Ave . Los A nge les, CA 9004 1
PO BOX 4548 Carlsbad , CA 920 18
TEL, (323) 258 -8214 OR (760) 434 -5790
APPROVED:
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
CHECK BY:
CITY ENGINEER
111---+-------1 I
~HSS 12X4X1/4
I I
7
'
FG \
\
I I
L_j
F1 AT CORNER
\
< 7 ?
WF 1 -
HSS 8X6X1/4-
-· \
'v--
\
\.
VY,
-
-
'---F2, 1YP.
NOTE:
ALL TOP OF WA LL SE E ARCH. DWG.
c
? &RADE
CD TYPICAL ELEVATION 1-----------SCA LE: N.T.S.
8" CMU WALL
{4) #5 T&B
·~~
l 45" l #4 U-BAR @ 16" O.C .
0 F2DETAIL 2-----------SCALE: N.T.S.
96"
8" CMU WALL
{4) #5 T&B
F1 #4 U-BAR @ 16" O.C.
0 F1 DETAIL 3 -----------SCALE: N.T.S.
Service Alert
Ca l l: TOLL FREE
811
TWO WORKING DAYS BEFOR E YOU DIG
DATE
DATE
CIT Y OF TEMPLE CIT Y
PUBLIC WORKS AND EN GINEERIN G DEPARTME NT
5800 TEMPLE CITY BLVD. PARKING LOT
IMPROVEMENTS
CITY PROJECT I. D.: P 17 -0 5
TYPICAL DETAILS
52.1 18 of 18